Sei sulla pagina 1di 563

MENU

FOREWORD

This workshop manual has been prepared to provide information regarding repair procedures on Hino Trucks.

Applicable for HINO 155, 155h, 195, 195h series, equipped with J05E engine

When making any repairs on your vehicle, be careful not to be injured through improper procedures.
As for maintenance items, refer to the Owner's Manual.
All information and specifications in this manual are based upon the latest product information available at the time of printing.
Hino Motors Sales U.S.A., Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time without prior notice.

Please note that the publications below have also been prepared as relevant workshop manuals for the components and sys-
tems in these vehicles.

Manual Name Pub. No.


S1-LXJE05A
Chassis Workshop Manual
S1-LXJE05A EWD
J05E Engine Workshop Manual S5-LJ05E07A
S7-LXJE05A 1/5
S7-LXJE05A 2/5
Trouble shooting Workshop Manual
S7-LXJE05A 3/5
S7-LXJE05A 5/5
CHAPTER REFERENCES REGARDING THIS WORKSHOP MANUAL
Use this chart to the appropriate chapter numbers for servicing your particular vehicle.
MANUAL No. S7-LXJE05A 4/5 (U.S.A.), S7-LXJE06A 4/5 (CANADA)
MODELS HINO 155, 155h, 195, 195h
CHAPTER
Production Code XFC710, XFC720, XFC730, XFC740,
XJC700, XJC710, XJC720,XJC730, XJC740

HYBRID 3-001

TRANSMISSION 4-001

AXLE 7-001

DIFFERENTIAL 8-001
INDEX: TROUBLE SHOOTING GROUP 1/2

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

ENGINE

HYBRID

WORKSHOP TRANSMISSION

MANUAL CLUTCH

PROPELLER SHAFT

AXLE

DIFFERENTIAL

BRAKE

STEERING

SUSPENSION

FRAME AND FRAME ACCESSORY

CAB MOUNTING AND CAB SUSPENSION

BODY CONSTRUCTION

BODY INSIDE ACCESSORY

BODY OUTSIDE ACCESSORY

AIR BAG AND SEAT BELT


All rights reserved. This manual may not be
reproduced or copied in whole in part, with-
out the written consent of Hino Motors, Ltd. HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
INDEX: TROUBLE SHOOTING GROUP 2/2

ELECTRICAL

CONTROL SYSTEM
HYBRID 3–1

HYBRID
3-001

TROUBLE SHOOTING .................................... 3-4 DTC: P3001 (TC43) ............................................3-182


DTC: P3001 (TC44) ............................................3-184
HYBRID CONTROL SYSTEM......................................3-4
DTC: P3001 (TC45) ............................................3-186
TROUBLE SHOOTING STEPS FOR HYBRID
DTC: P3001 (TC46) ............................................3-188
SYSTEM .................................................................3-4
DTC: P3001 (TC47) ............................................3-191
SAFETY MEASURES FOR HIGH-VOLTAGE
DTC: P3001 (TC4A)............................................3-194
WORK ...................................................................3-12
DTC: P3001 (TC4B)............................................3-197
LIST OF CONNECTOR SYMBOLS ......................3-15
DTC: P3001 (TC4C)............................................3-199
HV SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM .........................3-19
DTC: P3009 (TC49) ............................................3-201
HEARING SHEET.................................................3-21
DTC: P3128 (TC7D)............................................3-211
HYBRID ECU .............................................................3-22 DTC: P3129 (TC7C)............................................3-219
DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE ...................................3-22 DTC: P314C (TC82)............................................3-223
FREEZE FRAME DATA LIST ................................3-30 DTC: P314D (TC81)............................................3-227
LIST OF DATA MONITOR ITEMS .........................3-33 DTC: P324B (TC62)............................................3-235
COMMON INSPECTION CHART .........................3-36 DTC: P324C (TC61)............................................3-239
DTC: C0081 (TCA0)..............................................3-41 DTC: P33B1 (TC64)............................................3-244
DTC: P0500 (TC51) ..............................................3-43 DTC: P33B2 (TC63)............................................3-248
DTC: P0501 (TC5B)..............................................3-50 DTC: U0073 (TC11) ............................................3-252
DTC: P0562 (TC71) ..............................................3-54 DTC: U0074 (TC16) ............................................3-256
DTC: P060B (TCB2) .............................................3-60 DTC: U0100 (TC13) ............................................3-259
DTC: P0617 (TC59) ..............................................3-62 DTC: U0101 (TC18) ............................................3-262
DTC: P062F (TCB3)..............................................3-68 DTC: U0110 (TC14) ............................................3-267
DTC: P0810 (TC9C)..............................................3-70 DTC: U0111 (TC15) ............................................3-273
DTC: P0810 (TC9D)..............................................3-73 DTC: U0121 (TC24) ............................................3-279
DTC: P0A01 (TC7B) .............................................3-76 DTC: U0155 (TC25) ............................................3-284
DTC: P0A02 (TC78)..............................................3-82 DTC: U110A (TC26)............................................3-289
DTC: P0A03 (TC79)..............................................3-88 DTC: U1136 (TC27) ............................................3-294
DTC: P0A06 (TC7F)..............................................3-93
INVERTER................................................................3-299
DTC: P0A07 (TC7E) ........................................... 3-101
DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE .................................3-299
DTC: P0A0F (TC31)............................................ 3-104
FREEZE FRAME DATA LIST ..............................3-305
DTC: P0A1D (TC12) ........................................... 3-107
DATA MONITOR ITEM LIST................................3-307
DTC: P0A1D (TC17) ........................................... 3-109
CONNECTION DIAGRAM ..................................3-310
DTC: P0A78 (TC21)............................................ 3-111
INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASUREMENT
DTC: P0A78 (TC22)............................................ 3-113
PROCEDURE FOR HYBRID MOTOR
DTC: P0A7E (TC48) ........................................... 3-115
[ROTATION MACHINE] .......................................3-311
DTC: P0A82 (TC67)............................................ 3-119
DTC: P0562 (TC96) ............................................3-313
DTC: P0A84 (TC66)............................................ 3-128
DTC: P0562 (TCA0)............................................3-320
DTC: P0A85 (TC65)............................................ 3-136
DTC: P0604 (TC18) ............................................3-327
DTC: P0A90 (TC2A) ........................................... 3-140
DTC: P0604 (TCD2)............................................3-329
DTC: P0A92 (TC29)............................................ 3-148
DTC: P0605 (TC17) ............................................3-331
DTC: P0A93 (TC7A) ........................................... 3-157
DTC: P0605 (TCD1)............................................3-333
DTC: P0AFD (TC6B)........................................... 3-162
DTC: P060B (TC1A) ...........................................3-335
DTC: P0BCA (TC68)........................................... 3-165
DTC: P060C (TC1C) ...........................................3-338
DTC: P0C73 (TC80)............................................ 3-169
DTC: P062F (TC41) ............................................3-340
DTC: P3000 (TC42) ............................................ 3-174
DTC: P0A0D (TC20) ...........................................3-342
DTC: P3001 (TC41) ............................................ 3-180
3–2 HYBRID

DTC: P0A1B (TC16)


DTC (TC16)............................................3-347
3 347 DTC P0BEE (TCB6) .........................................
DTC: ..3-557
3 557
...........................................3-557
DTC: P0A1B (TC92)............................................3-352 DTC: P0BEF (TC9C) ...........................................3-559
DTC: P0A1B (TC97)............................................3-354 DTC: P0BF0 (TC9D) ...........................................3-561
DTC: P0A1B (TC3F) ...........................................3-356 DTC: P3126 (TC12) ............................................3-563
DTC: P0A1B (TCA1) ...........................................3-358 DTC: U0073 (TC91) ............................................3-571
DTC: P0A1B (TCA2) ...........................................3-360 DTC: U0074 (TC3E) ............................................3-575
DTC: P0A1B (TCA3) ...........................................3-362 DTC: U0293 (TC31) ............................................3-578
DTC: P0A1B (TCA4) ...........................................3-364 BATTERY ECU .........................................................3-585
DTC: P0A1B (TCA5) ...........................................3-366 DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE .................................3-585
DTC: P0A1B (TCA6) ...........................................3-368 LIST OF FREEZE FRAME DATA.........................3-588
DTC: P0A1B (TCA7) ...........................................3-370 LIST OF DATA MONITOR ITEMS .......................3-590
DTC: P0A1B (TCA8) ...........................................3-372 CONNECTION DIAGRAM...................................3-593
DTC: P0A1B (TCA9) ...........................................3-374 DTC: P0562.........................................................3-594
DTC: P0A1B (TCAA)...........................................3-376 DTC: P0604.........................................................3-598
DTC: P0A1B (TCBB)...........................................3-380 DTC: P0605.........................................................3-600
DTC: P0A1B (TCBC)...........................................3-382 DTC: P060B ........................................................3-602
DTC: P0A1B (TCBD)...........................................3-384 DTC: P062F ........................................................3-604
DTC: P0A1B (TCBE)...........................................3-386 DTC: P0A1F ........................................................3-606
DTC: P0A1B (TCBF) ...........................................3-388 DTC: P0A7D........................................................3-608
DTC: P0A1B (TCD3) ...........................................3-390 DTC: P0A7F ........................................................3-611
DTC: P0A1B (TCD4) ...........................................3-392 DTC: P0A80 ........................................................3-615
DTC: P0A1B (TCD5) ...........................................3-394 DTC: P0A95 ........................................................3-619
DTC: P0A1D (TC21) ...........................................3-396 DTC: P0A9D........................................................3-623
DTC: P0A2B (TCE9) ...........................................3-399 DTC: P0A9E ........................................................3-626
DTC: P0A2B (TCED)...........................................3-406 DTC: P0AAE .......................................................3-629
DTC: P0A2C (TCDA)...........................................3-413 DTC: P0AAF........................................................3-632
DTC: P0A2D (TCDB) ..........................................3-419 DTC: P0ABF........................................................3-635
DTC: P0A2F (TC33)............................................3-426 DTC: P0AC0........................................................3-640
DTC: P0A3C (TC34) ...........................................3-429 DTC: P0AC1........................................................3-645
DTC: P0A3F (TCB7) ...........................................3-442 DTC: P0AC2........................................................3-650
DTC: P0A41 (TCC0) ...........................................3-448 DTC: P0AC7........................................................3-655
DTC: P0A42 (TCC1) ...........................................3-456 DTC: P0AC8........................................................3-658
DTC: P0A51 (TCD6) ...........................................3-464 DTC: P0ACC .......................................................3-661
DTC: P0A51 (TCD7) ...........................................3-466 DTC: P0ACD .......................................................3-664
DTC: P0A78 (TC13) ............................................3-468 DTC: P0AEA .......................................................3-667
DTC: P0A78 (TC14) ............................................3-476 DTC: P0AEB .......................................................3-670
DTC: P0A78 (TC15) ............................................3-488 DTC: P0AFC .......................................................3-673
DTC: P0AA1 (TCD8) ...........................................3-493 DTC: P0B25 ........................................................3-675
DTC: P0AA4 (TCD9) ...........................................3-498 DTC: P0B3D........................................................3-678
DTC: P0ADB (TC1F)...........................................3-504 DTC: P0B42 ........................................................3-682
DTC: P0ADC (TC93)...........................................3-509 DTC: P0B47 ........................................................3-686
DTC: P0ADF (TC1E)...........................................3-515 DTC: P0B4C........................................................3-690
DTC: P0AE0 (TC95)............................................3-520 DTC: P0B51 ........................................................3-694
DTC: P0AE6 (TC1D) ...........................................3-526 DTC: P0B56 ........................................................3-698
DTC: P0AE7 (TC94)............................................3-531 DTC: P0B5B ........................................................3-702
DTC: P0AEE (TC22) ...........................................3-537 DTC: P0B60 ........................................................3-706
DTC: P0AEE (TC23) ...........................................3-539 DTC: P0B65 ........................................................3-710
DTC: P0AEF (TC24) ...........................................3-541 DTC: P0B6A ........................................................3-714
DTC: P0AF0 (TC25)............................................3-544 DTC: P0B6F ........................................................3-718
DTC: P0BEA (TCB3)...........................................3-547 DTC: P0B74 ........................................................3-722
DTC: P0BEA (TCB4)...........................................3-549 DTC: P0B79 ........................................................3-726
DTC: P0BEB (TC9A)...........................................3-551 DTC: P0B7E ........................................................3-730
DTC: P0BEC (TC9B)...........................................3-553 DTC: P0B83 ........................................................3-734
DTC: P0BEE (TCB5)...........................................3-555 DTC: P0B88 ........................................................3-738
HYBRID 3–3

DTC: P0B8D ....................................................... 3-742


DTC: P0B92 ........................................................ 3-746
DTC: P0B97 ........................................................ 3-750
DTC: P0B9C ....................................................... 3-754
DTC: P0BA1........................................................ 3-758
DTC: P0C30........................................................ 3-762
DTC: P3004 ........................................................ 3-766
DTC: P3011 ........................................................ 3-768
DTC: P3012 ........................................................ 3-772
DTC: P3013 ........................................................ 3-776
DTC: P3014 ........................................................ 3-780
DTC: P3015 ........................................................ 3-784
DTC: P3016 ........................................................ 3-788
DTC: P3017 ........................................................ 3-792
DTC: P3018 ........................................................ 3-796
DTC: P3019 ........................................................ 3-800
DTC: P301B ........................................................ 3-804
DTC: P3020 ........................................................ 3-806
DTC: P3021 ........................................................ 3-810
DTC: P3022 ........................................................ 3-814
DTC: P3023 ........................................................ 3-818
DTC: P3024 ........................................................ 3-822
DTC: P3025 ........................................................ 3-826
DTC: P3026 ........................................................ 3-830
DTC: P3027 ........................................................ 3-834
DTC: P3028 ........................................................ 3-838
DTC: P3029 ........................................................ 3-842
DTC: P302F ........................................................ 3-846
DTC: P3065 ........................................................ 3-850
DTC: P308A ........................................................ 3-854
DTC: U0074 ........................................................ 3-858
DTC: U0293 ........................................................ 3-861
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–585

BATTERY ECU

DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE


EN01H03ZZZ030602005001

DTC No. Diagnosis code name Running condition MIL

P0562 Auxiliary battery disconnection Normal driving 

P0604 Abnormality in battery ECU RAM Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0605 Abnormality in battery ECU ROM Disconnection of charging and discharging 

Abnormality in battery ECU AD con-


P060B Disconnection of charging and discharging 
verter

P062F Abnormality in battery ECU EEPROM Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0A1F Abnormality in battery ECU Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0A7D Discharge stop request Disconnection of charging 

P0A7F Battery pack degradation Normal driving 

SOC (battery capacity (state of charge)) value


transmitted to the EV unit controller assembly
P0A80 Internal abnormality in battery 
becomes 30% and the electric power genera-
tion mode is established.

P0A95 High-voltage fuse disconnection Disconnection of discharging 

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0A9D 
sensor 1 (GND short circuit) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0A9E 
sensor 1 (Disconnection) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging

Abnormality in intake air temperature


P0AAE Normal driving —
sensor (GND short circuit)

Abnormality in intake air temperature


P0AAF Normal driving —
sensor (Disconnection)

Abnormality in current sensor power


P0ABF Disconnection of charging and discharging 
supply

Abnormality in current sensor sys-


P0AC0 Disconnection of charging and discharging 
tem

Abnormality in current sensor IB


P0AC1 Disconnection of charging and discharging 
GND short circuit

Abnormality in current sensor IB dis-


P0AC2 Disconnection of charging and discharging 
connection

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0AC7 
sensor 2 (GND short circuit) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging
3–586 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC No. Diagnosis code name Running condition MIL

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0AC8 
sensor 2 (Disconnection) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0ACC 
sensor 3 (GND short circuit) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0ACD 
sensor 3 (Disconnection) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0AEA 
sensor 4 (GND short circuit) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging

- If any of the 4 temperature sensors is normal:


Abnormality in battery temperature Normal driving
P0AEB 
sensor 4 (Disconnection) - If all 4 temperature sensors are abnormal:
Disconnection of charging and discharging

Abnormality in battery ECU electric


P0AFC Normal driving —
leakage detection circuit

P0B25 Auxiliary charge request Disconnection of charging 

P0B3D GBB0 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B42 VBB1 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B47 VBB2 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B4C VBB3 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B51 VBB4 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B56 VBB5 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B5B VBB6 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B60 VBB7 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B65 VBB8 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B6A VBB9 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B6F VBB10 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B74 VBB11 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B79 VBB12 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B7E VBB13 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B83 VBB14 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B88 VBB15 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B8D VBB16 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B92 VBB17 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0B97 VBB18 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–587

DTC No. Diagnosis code name Running condition MIL

P0B9C VBB19 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0BA1 VBB20 disconnection Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P0C30 Charging stop request Disconnection of discharging 

Abnormality in high-voltage wiring


P3004 Disconnection of charging and discharging 
system

P3011 Abnormality in battery block 1 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3012 Abnormality in battery block 2 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3013 Abnormality in battery block 3 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3014 Abnormality in battery block 4 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3015 Abnormality in battery block 5 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3016 Abnormality in battery block 6 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3017 Abnormality in battery block 7 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3018 Abnormality in battery block 8 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3019 Abnormality in battery block 9 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

Abnormality in voltage sensor devia-


P301B Disconnection of charging and discharging 
tion

P3020 Abnormality in battery block 10 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3021 Abnormality in battery block 11 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3022 Abnormality in battery block 12 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3023 Abnormality in battery block 13 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3024 Abnormality in battery block 14 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3025 Abnormality in battery block 15 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3026 Abnormality in battery block 16 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3027 Abnormality in battery block 17 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3028 Abnormality in battery block 18 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P3029 Abnormality in battery block 19 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

P302F Abnormality in battery block 20 Disconnection of charging and discharging 

Abnormality in battery temperature


P3065 Disconnection of charging and discharging 
sensor (Abnormality in deviation)

Voltage detection connector come-


P308A off (Disconnection of all voltage Disconnection of charging and discharging 
detection lines)

Abnormality in CAN signal transmis-


U0074 Normal driving 
sion

Abnormality in HV ECU communica-


U0293 Normal driving 
tion
3–588 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

LIST OF FREEZE FRAME DATA


EN01H03ZZZ030602005002

Item Description Display range Unit

HV battery capacity (SOC) — 0 - 127.5 %

Battery current IB battery current (with correction) -327.68 - 327.67 A

Battery block voltage V0 Battery block voltage V0 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V1 Battery block voltage V1 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V2 Battery block voltage V2 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V3 Battery block voltage V3 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V4 Battery block voltage V4 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V5 Battery block voltage V5 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V6 Battery block voltage V6 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V7 Battery block voltage V7 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V8 Battery block voltage V8 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V9 Battery block voltage V9 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V10 Battery block voltage V10 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V11 Battery block voltage V11 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V12 Battery block voltage V12 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V13 Battery block voltage V13 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V14 Battery block voltage V14 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V15 Battery block voltage V15 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V16 Battery block voltage V16 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V17 Battery block voltage V17 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V18 Battery block voltage V18 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V19 Battery block voltage V19 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Ambient temperature in battery Ambient temperature in battery


-327.68 - 327.67 C
pack pack

VMF fan voltage — Fixed at 0. V

Battery ECU power supply voltage — -25.6 - 25.4 V

HV battery charge limit value — -64 - 63.5 kW

HV battery discharge limit value — -64 - 63.5 kW

ΔSOC — 0 - 100 %

CCTL signal — Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1

EQCO high voltage relay — Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1

EQTR charging enabling signal — Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1

SBLW cooling fan driving standby


— Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1
request
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–589

Item Description Display range Unit

Cooling fan mode — Fixed at 0. —

Control mode — 0 - 255 —

Battery temperature TB0 Battery temperature TB0 -327.68 - 327.67 C

Battery temperature TB1 Battery temperature TB1 -327.68 - 327.67 C

Battery temperature TB2 Battery temperature TB2 -327.68 - 327.67 C

Battery temperature TB3 Battery temperature TB3 -327.68 - 327.67 C

ECU mode — 0 - 255 —


3–590 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

LIST OF DATA MONITOR ITEMS


EN01H03ZZZ030602005003

Item Description Display range Unit

HV battery capacity (SOC) — 0 - 127.5 %

Battery current IB battery current (with correction) -327.68 - 327.67 A

Battery block voltage V0 Battery block voltage V0 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V1 Battery block voltage V1 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V2 Battery block voltage V2 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V3 Battery block voltage V3 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V4 Battery block voltage V4 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V5 Battery block voltage V5 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V6 Battery block voltage V6 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V7 Battery block voltage V7 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V8 Battery block voltage V8 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V9 Battery block voltage V9 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V10 Battery block voltage V10 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V11 Battery block voltage V11 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V12 Battery block voltage V12 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V13 Battery block voltage V13 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V14 Battery block voltage V14 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V15 Battery block voltage V15 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V16 Battery block voltage V16 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V17 Battery block voltage V17 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V18 Battery block voltage V18 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block voltage V19 Battery block voltage V19 -327.68 - 327.67 V

Ambient temperature in battery pack Ambient temperature in battery pack -327.68 - 327.67 C

VMF fan voltage — Fixed at 0. V

Battery ECU power supply voltage — -25.6 - 25.4 V

HV battery charge limit value — -64 - 63.5 kW

HV battery discharge limit value — -64 - 63.5 kW

ΔSOC — 0 - 100 %

CCTL signal — Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1

EQCO high voltage relay — Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1

EQTR charging enabling signal — Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1

SBLW cooling fan driving standby


— Fixed at 0. OFF:0 / ON:1
request

Cooling fan mode — Fixed at 0. —


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–591

Item Description Display range Unit

Control mode — 0 - 255 —

Battery temperature TB0 Battery temperature TB0 -327.68 - 327.67 C

Battery temperature TB1 Battery temperature TB1 -327.68 - 327.67 C

Battery temperature TB2 Battery temperature TB2 -327.68 - 327.67

Battery temperature TB3 Battery temperature TB3 -327.68 - 327.67 C

Number of batteries — 0 - 255 Ch

BLOW cumulative number BLOW cumulative number 0 - 65,535 Times

DCIH cumulative number DCIH cumulative number 0 - 65,535 Times

BHI cumulative number BHI cumulative number 0 - 65,535 Times

HTMP cumulative number HTMP cumulative number 0 - 65,535 Times

Battery block minimum voltage Battery block minimum voltage -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block minimum voltage CH Battery block minimum voltage CH 0 - 255 Ch

Battery block maximum voltage Battery block maximum voltage -327.68 - 327.67 V

Battery block maximum voltage CH Battery block maximum voltage CH 0 - 255 Ch

Battery block internal resistance R0 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R1 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R2 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R3 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R4 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R5 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R6 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R7 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R8 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance R9 — 0 - 0.255 

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R10

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R11

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R12

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R13

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R14

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R15

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R16
3–592 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

Item Description Display range Unit

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R17

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R18

Battery block internal resistance


— 0 - 0.255 
R19
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–593

CONNECTION DIAGRAM
EN01H03ZZZ030602005004

Battery computer
Low High
voltage voltage
IG2 IGCT AM part part Main battery
SMR2
AM VBB20
IGCT BAT20
IG2 VBB19
SMR1
BAT19
VBB18
BAT18
VBB17
SMR3
BAT17
CANH VBB16
CAN BAT16
CANL
VBB15
BAT15
VBB14
BAT14
VBB13
BAT13
VBB12
BAT12
VBB11
BAT11
VBB10

Service plug BAT10

VBB9
BAT9
VBB8
VIB BAT8
Current
IB
sensor VBB7
GIB
BAT7
VBB6
BAT6
TB1 VBB5
GB1 BAT5
TB2 VBB4
GB2 BAT4
Main battery TB3 VBB3
GB3 BAT3
TB4
VBB2
GB4 BAT2
TC1
VBB1
GC1
BAT1
GND GBB0

SHTS03ZZZ0300528
3–594 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0562
EN01H03ZZZ030602005005

DTC: P0562 Auxiliary battery disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
F_HV_10A 2 13 1
X P A AM

SHTS03ZZZ0300529

1. Technical description
• To the AM terminal of the HV battery ECU, the backup power is constantly supplied for storing malfunction code
(DTC). Backup power is supplied even when the starter key is OFF.

<Description of malfunction>
• A low auxiliary battery voltage has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Disconnection is detected in the memory backup power supply system (battery power is supplied to the IG CT
terminal).
(One-trip detection)

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• –

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–595

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery ECU malfunction
• DC/DC converter malfunction
• Insufficiently charged 12 V battery or abnormality in the 12 V battery
• [HV_10 A] Broken fuse
3–596 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0562

1 Inspecting the fuse

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Check that the [HV_10 A] fuse is not broken and is installed prop-
erly.

HV(10A)
SHTS03ZZZ0300530

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect the fuse firmly. If a broken fuse is Go to step 2.


found, replace the fuse.

2 Inspecting the vehicle wire harness.

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the PCU harness (24P) connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
cle-side PCU harness (24P) connector terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side PCU
harness (24P) con-
SHTS03ZZZ0300531 Starter key: LOCK nector 10 – 16 V
2nd terminal –
16th terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Inspect the power supply circuit ([HV 10 A]


fuse and wire harness).
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–597

3 Inspecting the (lower) PCU wire harness voltage.

1. Connect the PCU harness (24P) connector.

2. Disconnect the PCU harness (16P) connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the lower
PCU harness (16P) connector terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Lower PCU har-


ness (16P) con-
SHTS03ZZZ0300532 Starter key: LOCK nector 10 – 16 V
13th terminal –
16th terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace the (lower) PCU wire harness.

4 Inspecting the (upper) PCU wire harness voltage

1. Connect the PCU harness (16P) connector.

2. Disconnect the HV battery ECU (26P) connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the HV


battery ECU (26P) connector terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

HV battery ECU
(26P) connector
Starter key: LOCK 10 – 16 V
SHTS03ZZZ0300533 1st terminal –
12th terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the (upper) PCU wire harness.
3–598 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0604
EN01H03ZZZ030602005006

DTC: P0604 Abnormality in battery ECU RAM


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU circuit or internal memory.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in the HV battery ECU RAM

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU RAM.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not work.
• Because the regeneration function decreases, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle deceler-
ates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–599

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0604

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the DTC other than
P0604.

SHTS03ZZZ0300534

Is the DTC other than P0604 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV-ECU-related


DTC, P3000 or P3001, is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300535

Is the HV ECU-related DTC, P3000 or P3001, detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Replace the HV battery ECU.


related DTC.
3–600 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0605
EN01H03ZZZ030602005007

DTC: P0605 Abnormality in battery ECU ROM


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU circuit or internal memory.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in the HV battery ECU ROM

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU ROM.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not work.
• Because the regeneration function decreases, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle deceler-
ates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–601

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0605

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the DTC other than
P0605.

SHTS03ZZZ0300536

Is the DTC other than P0605 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV-ECU-related


DTC, P3000 or P3001, is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300537

Is the HV ECU-related DTC, P3000 or P3001, detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Replace the HV battery ECU.


related DTC.
3–602 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P060B
EN01H03ZZZ030602005008

DTC: P060B Abnormality in battery ECU AD converter


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU circuit or internal memory.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in the AD converter of the HV battery ECU

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• A CPU communication error has been detected.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–603

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P060B

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the DTC other than
P060B.

SHTS03ZZZ0300538

Is the DTC other than P060B detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV-ECU-related


DTC, P3000 or P3001, is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300539

Is the HV ECU-related DTC, P3000 or P3001, detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Replace the HV battery ECU.


related DTC.
3–604 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P062F
EN01H03ZZZ030602005009

DTC: P062F Abnormality in battery ECU EEPROM


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU circuit or internal memory.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in the HV battery ECU EEPROM

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU EEPROM.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–605

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P062F

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the DTC other than
P062F.

SHTS03ZZZ0300540

Is the DTC other than P062F detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. 1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV-ECU-related


DTC, P3000 or P3001, is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300541

Is the HV ECU-related DTC, P3000 or P3001, detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Replace the HV battery ECU.


related DTC.
3–606 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0A1F
EN01H03ZZZ030602005010

DTC: P0A1F Abnormality in battery ECU


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU circuit or internal memory.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in the HV battery ECU

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Faulty power supply wire harness
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–607

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A1F

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the DTC other than
P0A1F.

SHTS03ZZZ0300542

Is the DTC other than P0A1F detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV-ECU-related


DTC, P3000 or P3001, is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300543

Is the HV ECU-related DTC, P3000 or P3001, detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Replace the HV battery ECU.


related DTC.
3–608 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0A7D
EN01H03ZZZ030602005011

DTC: P0A7D Discharge stop request


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• The HV battery ECU monitors the HV battery condition and, if it detects the abnormality, records the malfunction
code (DTC).

<Description of malfunction>
• A low HV battery pack SOC has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Abnormality in charging control has been detected.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop does not work.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Inverter system malfunction
• Low HV battery capacity or HV battery malfunction
• HV ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–609

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A7D

1 Inspecting the inverter [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the inverter-related


DTC is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300544

Is any DTC detected?

YES NO

Troubleshoot the inverter for each DTC. Go to step 2.


After troubleshooting, go to step 3.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV ECU-related


DTC is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300545

Is any DTC detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Go to step 3.


related DTC.
After troubleshooting, go to step 3.
3–610 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

3 Inspecting engine start 1

1. Using the diagnostic tester, erase the malfunction history.

2. Turn the starter key to the "START" position to check if the engine
starts.

Does the engine start?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Go to step 4.

4 Inspecting engine start 2

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Leave the vehicle for about 1 hour.

3. Turn the starter key to the "START" position again to check if the
engine starts.

Does the engine start?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Replace the HV battery.

5 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Start the engine.

2. After the engine has started, leave the vehicle idling for about 4
hours. (Charge the HV battery.)

3. Perform a test drive. (Drive the vehicle for about 1 hour.)

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC P0A7D is not


detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300546

Is DTC P0A7D detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery. The inspection is finished.


(The HV battery capacity may drop.)
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–611

DTC: P0A7F
EN01H03ZZZ030602005012

DTC: P0A7F Battery pack degradation


INFORMATION

Control upper limit SOC


Control area Example of SOC change

SOC

Time Control center SOC

Control lower limit SOC

SHTS03ZZZ0300547

1. Technical description
• The HV battery ECU calculates the SOC based on the estimated amperage flowing into HV battery.
• The HV battery ECU sends the SOC to the HV ECU, and the HV ECU, based on this information, performs charg-
ing/discharging control according to the driving condition.

<Description of malfunction>
• Battery pack degradation

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the HV battery is equal to or more than the standard value (1-trip detection).
• The capacity difference between batteries is equal to or more than the standard value (2-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• –

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
3–612 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–613

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A7F

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0A7F.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300548

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


3–614 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data Monitor] to display


the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–615

DTC: P0A80
EN01H03ZZZ030602005013

DTC: P0A80 Internal abnormality in battery


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300549

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• There is a voltage difference between HV battery blocks.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The voltage difference between battery blocks is equal to or more than the standard value (2-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The SOC value sent to the HV ECU (battery capacity [charging status] value) reaches 30% and power generation
mode is entered.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
3–616 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–617

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A80

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0A80.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300550

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


3–618 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data Monitor] to display


the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–619

DTC: P0A95
EN01H03ZZZ030602005014

DTC: P0A95 High-voltage fuse disconnection


INFORMATION

Positive side HV Battery ECU

C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in) C7 VBB9

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300551

1. Technical description
• The HV battery ECU has detected the high-voltage fuse disconnection.

<Description of malfunction>
• High-voltage fuse disconnection

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The voltage between the VBB9 terminal and VBB10 terminal is equal to or less than the standard value even
when the interlock switch is connected (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop does not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
3–620 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Broken high-voltage fuse
• Disconnection in the high-voltage fuse
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–621

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A95

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0A95.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300552

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the service plug grip (single unit inspection)

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Using the electrical tester, inspect continuity between the service


plug grip terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Between the ser-


Starter key: LOCK vice plug grip ter- With continuity
SHTS03ZZZ0300553 minals

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the service plug grip.


3–622 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

3 Inspecting the service plug wire harness (single unit inspection)

! WARNING
While working, wear insulated gloves and protective glasses.
1. Remove the HV battery.
A
2. Remove the service plug wire harness.

B 3. Using the electrical tester, inspect continuity between the service


plug wire harness terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
D conditions connections

C Service plug wire


SHTS03ZZZ0300554
harness
A terminal –
Starter key: LOCK With continuity
C terminal
B terminal –
D terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery. Replace the service plug wire harness.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–623

DTC: P0A9D
EN01H03ZZZ030602005015

DTC: P0A9D Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 1 (GND short circuit)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300555

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 1 (GND short circuit).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 1 is 95 C {203 F} or more (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
3–624 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–625

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A9D

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0A9D.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300556

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300557

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
3–626 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0A9E
EN01H03ZZZ030602005016

DTC: P0A9E Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 1 (Disconnection)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300558

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 1 (disconnection).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 1 is -45 C {-49 F} or less (1 trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–627

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–628 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A9E

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0A9E.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300559

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300560

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–629

DTC: P0AAE
EN01H03ZZZ030602005017

DTC: P0AAE Abnormality in intake air temperature sensor (GND short circuit)
INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU

5V
Intake air temperature sensor
G9 B9 TC1

G10 B10 GC4

SHTS03ZZZ0300561

1. Technical description
• The intake air temperature sensor is mounted on top of the HV battery and its resistance value changes as the
intake air temperature changes. The characteristics of the intake air temperature sensor are the same as those of
the battery temperature sensor.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the intake air temperature sensor (GND short circuit).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the intake air temperature sensor is 95 C {203 F} or more.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: OFF
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• –
3–630 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform a driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehicle
up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (intake air temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–631

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AAE

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AAE.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300562

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300563

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
3–632 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0AAF
EN01H03ZZZ030602005018

DTC: P0AAF Abnormality in intake air temperature sensor (Disconnection)


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU

5V
Intake air temperature sensor
G9 B9 TC1

G10 B10 GC1

SHTS03ZZZ0300564

1. Technical description
• The intake air temperature sensor is mounted on top of the HV battery and its resistance value changes as the
intake air temperature changes. The characteristics of the intake air temperature sensor are the same as those of
the battery temperature sensor.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the intake air temperature sensor (disconnection).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the intake air temperature sensor is -45 C {-49 F} or less.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: OFF
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• –
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–633

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (intake air temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–634 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AAF

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AAE.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300565

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300566

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–635

DTC: P0ABF
EN01H03ZZZ030602005019

DTC: P0ABF Abnormality in current sensor power supply


INFORMATION

Charging current Discharge current

Battery current sensor


output voltage (V)
4.5

Battery HV Battery ECU


current
sensor 2.5
V+
Battery pack IB
assembly V-
0.5

-200 0 200

Charging Discharging
HV battery current (A)

Battery current sensor HV Battery ECU

E3 B16
IB IB

VIB E1 B15 VIB

E2 B14
GIB GIB

SHTS03ZZZ0300567

1. Technical description
• The battery current sensor is mounted on the positive cable side of the HV battery and is used to detect the current
flowing in the HV battery.
• The HV battery ECU inputs the voltage that varies from 0 to 5 volts in proportion to amperage from the battery cur-
rent sensor to the IB terminal.
• This chart shows that the HV battery is charged if the output power from the battery current sensor exceeds 2.5 V,
and the HV battery is discharged when the output power is less than 2.5 V.
• The HV battery ECU determines how much the HV battery is charged or discharged based on the input signal from
the IB terminal and calculates the SOC of the HV battery by estimating the amperage.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the power supply of battery current sensor.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• When an abnormality is detected in the battery current sensor (1- or 2-trip detection)

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON
3–636 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Battery current sensor malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–637

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0ABF

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0ABF.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300568

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


3–638 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connections of the HV battery ECU connector (B) and


battery current sensor connector (improper fitting or connection).

IB
VIB
GIB

Battery current sensor

SHTS03ZZZ0300569

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the high-voltage J/B (inside the bat-
tery pack).
After replacing it, go to step 3.
HINT
The battery current sensor cannot be
replaced alone. Replace the high-voltage J/B
assembly (inside the battery pack).
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–639

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SHTS03ZZZ0300570
6. Perform the test drive again. (Repeat step 4.)
HINT
2-trip detection may occur. After performing the test drive, turn the
starter key to the "LOCK" position and then perform another test
drive.

7. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0ABF is not detected.

Is DTC P0ABF detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–640 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0AC0
EN01H03ZZZ030602005020

DTC: P0AC0 Abnormality in current sensor system


INFORMATION

Charging current Discharge current

Battery current sensor


output voltage (V)
4.5

Battery HV Battery ECU


current
sensor 2.5
V+
Battery pack IB
assembly V-
0.5

-200 0 200

Charging Discharging
HV battery current (A)

Battery current sensor HV Battery ECU

E3 B16
IB IB

VIB E1 B15 VIB

E2 B14
GIB GIB

SHTS03ZZZ0300571

1. Technical description
• The battery current sensor is mounted on the positive cable side of the HV battery and is used to detect the current
flowing in the HV battery.
• The HV battery ECU inputs the voltage that varies from 0 to 5 volts in proportion to amperage from the battery cur-
rent sensor to the IB terminal.
• This chart shows that the HV battery is charged if the output power from the battery current sensor exceeds 2.5 V,
and the HV battery is discharged when the output power is less than 2.5 V.
• The HV battery ECU determines how much the HV battery is charged or discharged based on the input signal from
the IB terminal and calculates the SOC of the HV battery by estimating the amperage.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality of characteristic has been detected in the battery current sensor.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• When an abnormality is detected in the battery current sensor (1- or 2-trip detection)

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–641

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Battery current sensor malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–642 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AC0

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AC0.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300572

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–643

2 Inspecting the PCU harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connections of the HV battery ECU connector (B) and


battery current sensor connector (improper fitting or connection).

IB
VIB
GIB

Battery current sensor

SHTS03ZZZ0300573

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the high-voltage J/B (inside the bat-
tery pack).
After replacing it, go to step 3.
HINT
The battery current sensor cannot be
replaced alone. Replace the high-voltage J/B
assembly (inside the battery pack).
3–644 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SHTS03ZZZ0300574
6. Perform the test drive again. (Repeat step 4.)
HINT
2-trip detection may occur. After performing the test drive, turn the
starter key to the "LOCK" position and then perform another test
drive.

7. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0AC0 is not detected.

Is DTC P0AC0 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–645

DTC: P0AC1
EN01H03ZZZ030602005021

DTC: P0AC1 Abnormality in current sensor IB GND short circuit


INFORMATION

Charging current Discharge current

Battery current sensor


output voltage (V)
4.5

Battery HV Battery ECU


current
sensor 2.5
V+
Battery pack IB
assembly V-
0.5

-200 0 200

Charging Discharging
HV battery current (A)

Battery current sensor HV Battery ECU

E3 B16
IB IB

VIB E1 B15 VIB

E2 B14
GIB GIB

SHTS03ZZZ0300575

1. Technical description
• The battery current sensor is mounted on the positive cable side of the HV battery and is used to detect the current
flowing in the HV battery.
• The HV battery ECU inputs the voltage that varies from 0 to 5 volts in proportion to amperage from the battery cur-
rent sensor to the IB terminal.
• This chart shows that the HV battery is charged if the output power from the battery current sensor exceeds 2.5 V,
and the HV battery is discharged when the output power is less than 2.5 V.
• The HV battery ECU determines how much the HV battery is charged or discharged based on the input signal from
the IB terminal and calculates the SOC of the HV battery by estimating the amperage.

<Description of malfunction>
• GND short circuit has been detected in the battery current sensor IB line.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• When an abnormality is detected in the battery current sensor (1- or 2-trip detection)

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON
3–646 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Battery current sensor malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–647

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AC1

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AC1.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300576

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


3–648 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connections of the HV battery ECU connector (B) and


battery current sensor connector (improper fitting or connection).

IB
VIB
GIB

Battery current sensor

SHTS03ZZZ0300577

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the high-voltage J/B (inside the bat-
tery pack).
After replacing it, go to step 3.
HINT
The battery current sensor cannot be
replaced alone. Replace the high-voltage J/B
assembly (inside the battery pack).
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–649

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SHTS03ZZZ0300578
6. Perform the test drive again. (Repeat step 4.)
HINT
2-trip detection may occur. After performing the test drive, turn the
starter key to the "LOCK" position and then perform another test
drive.

7. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0AC1 is not detected.

Is DTC P0AC1 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–650 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0AC2
EN01H03ZZZ030602005022

DTC: P0AC2 Abnormality in current sensor IB disconnection


INFORMATION

Charging current Discharge current

Battery current sensor


output voltage (V)
4.5

Battery HV Battery ECU


current
sensor 2.5
V+
Battery pack IB
assembly V-
0.5

-200 0 200

Charging Discharging
HV battery current (A)

Battery current sensor HV Battery ECU

E3 B16
IB IB

VIB E1 B15 VIB

E2 B14
GIB GIB

SHTS03ZZZ0300579

1. Technical description
• The battery current sensor is mounted on the positive cable side of the HV battery and is used to detect the current
flowing in the HV battery.
• The HV battery ECU inputs the voltage that varies from 0 to 5 volts in proportion to amperage from the battery cur-
rent sensor to the IB terminal.
• This chart shows that the HV battery is charged if the output power from the battery current sensor exceeds 2.5 V,
and the HV battery is discharged when the output power is less than 2.5 V.
• The HV battery ECU determines how much the HV battery is charged or discharged based on the input signal from
the IB terminal and calculates the SOC of the HV battery by estimating the amperage.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection has been detected in the battery current sensor IB line.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• When the abnormality is detected in the battery current sensor (1-or 2-trip detection)

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–651

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Battery current sensor malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–652 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AC2

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AC2.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300580

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–653

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connections of the HV battery ECU connector (B) and


battery current sensor connector (improper fitting or connection).

IB
VIB
GIB

Battery current sensor

SHTS03ZZZ0300581

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the high-voltage J/B (inside the bat-
tery pack).
After replacing it, go to step 3.
HINT
The battery current sensor cannot be
replaced alone. Replace the high-voltage J/B
assembly (inside the battery pack).
3–654 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SHTS03ZZZ0300582
6. Perform the test drive again. (Repeat step 4.)
HINT
2-trip detection may occur. After performing the test drive, turn the
starter key to the "LOCK" position and then perform another test
drive.

7. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0AC2 is not detected.

Is DTC P0AC2 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–655

DTC: P0AC7
EN01H03ZZZ030602005023

DTC: P0AC7 Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 2 (GND short circuit)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300583

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes.The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 2 (GND short circuit).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 2 is 95 C or more (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
3–656 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–657

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AC7

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AC7.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300584

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300585

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
3–658 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0AC8
EN01H03ZZZ030602005024

DTC: P0AC8 Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 2 (Disconnection)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300586

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 2 (disconnection).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 2 is -45 C {-49 F} or less (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–659

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–660 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AC8

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AC8.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300587

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300588

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–661

DTC: P0ACC
EN01H03ZZZ030602005025

DTC: P0ACC Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 3 (GND short circuit)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300589

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 3 (GND short circuit).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 3 is 95 C {203 F} or more (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
3–662 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–663

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0ACC

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0ACC.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300590

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300591

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
3–664 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0ACD
EN01H03ZZZ030602005026

DTC: P0ACD Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 3 (Disconnection)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300592

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 3 (disconnection).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 3 is -45 C {-49 F} or less (1 trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–665

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–666 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0ACD

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0ACD.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300593

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300594

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–667

DTC: P0AEA
EN01H03ZZZ030602005027

DTC: P0AEA Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 4 (GND short circuit)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300595

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 4 (GND short circuit).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 4 is 95 C {203 F} or more (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
3–668 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–669

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AEA

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AEA.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300596

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300597

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
3–670 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0AEB
EN01H03ZZZ030602005028

DTC: P0AEB Abnormality in battery temperature sensor 4 (Disconnection)


INFORMATION

Reference: Battery temperature sensor HV Battery ECU


characteristics diagram 5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
350 G4 B1 TB1

300 G8 B2 GB1
5V
Resistance value

250 Battery temperature sensor 2


G3 B3 TB2
200
G7 B4 GB2
150 5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
100 G2 B5 TB3
50 G6 B6 GB3
5V
0 Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
-50
-60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 G5 B8 GB4

Battery temperature

SHTS03ZZZ0300598

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery temperature sensor 4 (disconnection).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The temperature detected by the HV battery temperature sensor 4 is -45 C {-49 F} or less (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• When any of the 4 temperature sensors works normally: The vehicle runs normally.
• When all the 4 temperature sensors are faulty: The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The regeneration torque decreases, and the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–671

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–672 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AEB

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0AEB.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300599

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300600

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–673

DTC: P0AFC
EN01H03ZZZ030602005029

DTC: P0AFC Abnormality in battery ECU electric leakage detection circuit


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU circuit or internal memory.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in the HV battery ECU

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• An abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: OFF
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• –

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–674 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0AFC

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the DTC other than
P0AFC.

SHTS03ZZZ0300601

Is the DTC other than P0AFC detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV-ECU-related


DTC, P3000 or P3001, is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300602

Is the HV ECU-related DTC, P3000 or P3001, detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Replace the HV battery ECU.


related DTC.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–675

DTC: P0B25
EN01H03ZZZ030602005030

DTC: P0B25 Auxiliary charge request


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• The HV battery ECU monitors the HV battery condition and, if it detects the abnormality, records the malfunction
code (DTC).

<Description of malfunction>
• A low HV battery block voltage has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The battery block voltage is equal to or less than the standard value.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with a starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop does not work.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Inverter system malfunction
• Low HV battery capacity or HV battery malfunction
• HV ECU malfunction
3–676 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B25

1 Inspecting the inverter [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the inverter-related


DTC is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300603

Is any DTC detected?

YES NO

Troubleshoot the inverter for each DTC. Go to step 2.


After troubleshooting, go to step 3.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV ECU-related


DTC is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300604

Is any DTC detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Go to step 3.


related DTC.
After troubleshooting, go to step 3.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–677

3 Inspecting engine start 1

1. Using the diagnostic tester, erase the malfunction history.

2. Turn the starter key to the "START" position to check if the engine
starts.

Does the engine start?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Go to step 4.

4 Inspecting engine start 2

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Leave the vehicle for about 1 hour.

3. Turn the starter key to the "START" position again to check if the
engine starts.

Does the engine start?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Replace the HV battery.

5 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Start the engine.

2. After the engine has started, leave the vehicle idling for about 4
hours. (Charge the HV battery.)

3. Perform a test drive. (Drive the vehicle for about 1 hour.)

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC P0B25 is not


detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300605

Is DTC P0B25 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery. The inspection is finished.


(The HV battery capacity may drop.)
3–678 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B3D
EN01H03ZZZ030602005031

DTC: P0B3D GBB0 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300606

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–679

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–680 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B3D

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B3D.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300607

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300608

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–681

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B3D is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300609

Is DTC P0B3D detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–682 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B42
EN01H03ZZZ030602005032

DTC: P0B42 VBB1 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300610

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–683

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–684 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B42

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B42.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300611

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300612

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–685

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B42 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300613

Is DTC P0B42 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–686 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B47
EN01H03ZZZ030602005033

DTC: P0B47 VBB2 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300614

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–687

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–688 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B47

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B47.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300615

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300616

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–689

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B47 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300617

Is DTC P0B47 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–690 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B4C
EN01H03ZZZ030602005034

DTC: P0B4C VBB3 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300618

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–691

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–692 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B4C

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B4C.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300619

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300620

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–693

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform a test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate


the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B4C is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300621

Is DTC P0B4C detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–694 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B51
EN01H03ZZZ030602005035

DTC: P0B51 VBB4 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300622

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–695

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–696 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B51

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B51.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300623

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300624

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–697

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform a test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate


the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B51 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300625

Is DTC P0B51 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–698 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B56
EN01H03ZZZ030602005036

DTC: P0B56 VBB5 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300626

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–699

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–700 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B56

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B56.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300627

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300628

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–701

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B56 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300629

Is DTC P0B56 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–702 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B5B
EN01H03ZZZ030602005037

DTC: P0B5B VBB6 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300630

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–703

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–704 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B5B

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B5B.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300631

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300632

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–705

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform a test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate


the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B5B is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300633

Is DTC P0B5B detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–706 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B60
EN01H03ZZZ030602005038

DTC: P0B60 VBB7 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C7 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C17 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300634

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–707

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–708 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B60

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B60.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300635

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300636

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–709

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform a test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate


the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B60 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300637

Is DTC P0B60 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–710 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B65
EN01H03ZZZ030602005039

DTC: P0B65 VBB8 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300638

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–711

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–712 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B65

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B65.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300639

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300640

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–713

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the failure history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B65 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300641

Is DTC P0B65 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–714 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B6A
EN01H03ZZZ030602005040

DTC: P0B6A VBB9 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300642

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–715

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–716 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B6A

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B6A.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300643

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300644

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–717

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B6A is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300645

Is DTC P0B6A detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–718 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B6F
EN01H03ZZZ030602005041

DTC: P0B6F VBB10 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300646

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–719

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching the high-voltage connector or ter-
minal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–720 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B6F

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B6F.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300647

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300648

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–721

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B6F is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300649

Is DTC P0B6F detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–722 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B74
EN01H03ZZZ030602005042

DTC: P0B74 VBB11 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300650

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–723

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–724 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B74

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B74.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300651

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300652

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–725

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform a test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate


the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B74 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300653

Is DTC P0B74 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–726 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B79
EN01H03ZZZ030602005043

DTC: P0B79 VBB12 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300654

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–727

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–728 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B79

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B79.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300655

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300656

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–729

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B79 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300657

Is DTC P0B79 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–730 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B7E
EN01H03ZZZ030602005044

DTC: P0B7E VBB13 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300658

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–731

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–732 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B7E

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B7E.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300659

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300660

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–733

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B7E is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300661

Is DTC P0B7E detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–734 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B83
EN01H03ZZZ030602005045

DTC: P0B83 VBB14 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300662

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–735

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–736 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B83

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B83.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300663

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300664

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–737

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B83 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300665

Is DTC P0B83 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–738 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B88
EN01H03ZZZ030602005046

DTC: P0B88 VBB15 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300666

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–739

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (After the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–740 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B88

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B88.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300667

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300668

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–741

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B88 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300669

Is DTC P0B88 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–742 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B8D
EN01H03ZZZ030602005047

DTC: P0B8D VBB16 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300670

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–743

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–744 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B8D

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B8D.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300671

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300672

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–745

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B8D is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300673

Is DTC P0B8D detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–746 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B92
EN01H03ZZZ030602005048

DTC: P0B92 VBB17 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300674

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–747

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–748 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B92

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B92.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300675

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300676

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–749

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B92 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300677

Is DTC P0B92 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–750 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B97
EN01H03ZZZ030602005049

DTC: P0B97 VBB18 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300678

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–751

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–752 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B97

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B97.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300679

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300680

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–753

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B97 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300681

Is DTC P0B97 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–754 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0B9C
EN01H03ZZZ030602005050

DTC: P0B9C VBB19 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300682

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to a reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–755

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (After the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–756 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0B9C

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0B9C.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300683

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300684

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–757

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0B9C is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300685

Is DTC P0B9C detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–758 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0BA1
EN01H03ZZZ030602005051

DTC: P0BA1 VBB20 disconnection


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300686

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or GND short circuit has been detected between the HV battery ECU and HV battery block.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–759

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–760 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0BA1

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P0BA1.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300687

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300688

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–761

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0BA1 is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300689

Is DTC P0BA1 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–762 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P0C30
EN01H03ZZZ030602005052

DTC: P0C30 Charging stop request


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• The HV battery ECU monitors the HV battery condition and, if it detects the abnormality, records the malfunction
code (DTC).

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality in rise of the HV battery pack SOC has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Abnormality in charging control

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Inverter system malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
• HV ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–763

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0C30

1 Reproduction check 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Erase the malfunction history.

5. Test-drive the vehicle under the following conditions:


• Cruise control OFF
• Repeat acceleration and deceleration on the flat road.
SHTS03ZZZ0300690 • 15 minutes or more

6. After test-driving the vehicle, on the diagnostic tester screen,


check that DTC P0C30 is not detected.
HINT
After restoration, the number of HV battery level indicator bars in
the HV monitor (in the combination meter) decreases from 5 to 4.

SHTS03ZZZ0300691

Is DTC P0C30 detected?

YES NO

Go to step 2. The inspection is finished.


(Return to normal)
3–764 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

2 Inspecting the inverter [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the inverter-related


DTC is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300692

Is any DTC detected?

YES NO

Troubleshoot the inverter for each DTC. Go to step 3.


After troubleshooting, go to step 4.

3 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV ECU-related


DTC is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300693

Is any DTC detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Go to step 4.


related DTC.
After troubleshooting, go to step 4.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–765

4 Reproduction check 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Erase the malfunction history.

2. Test-drive the vehicle under the following conditions:


• Cruise control OFF
• Repeat acceleration and deceleration on the flat road.
• Approximately 1 hour

3. After test-driving the vehicle, on the diagnostic tester screen,


check that DTC P0C30 is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300694

HINT
In case of malfunction, the number of HV battery level indicator
bars in the HV monitor (in the combination meter) increases from
4 to 5.

SHTS03ZZZ0300695

Is DTC P0C30 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery. The inspection is finished.


After replacement, go to step 4 to perform (Return to normal)
the inspection again.
3–766 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3004
EN01H03ZZZ030602005053

DTC: P3004 Abnormality in high-voltage wiring system


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• The HV battery ECU monitors the HV battery condition and, if it detects the abnormality, records the malfunction
code (DTC).

<Description of malfunction>
• The abnormality in external overload has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery ECU has detected the abnormality in external overload.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop does not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Inverter system malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–767

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3004

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check if the following inverter-


related DTCs are detected.
• P0BEA, P0BEB, P0BEC, P0BEE, P0BEF, P0BF0, P0A51, P0A78,
P0A1B, P0A3F, P0A41, P0A42

SHTS03ZZZ0300696

Is any of the inverter-related DTC detected?

YES NO

Troubleshoot the inverter for each DTC. Replace the HV battery ECU.
After troubleshooting, go to step 2.

2 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Erase the malfunction history.

2. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P3004 is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300697

Is DTC P3004 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–768 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3011
EN01H03ZZZ030602005054

DTC: P3011 Abnormality in battery block 1


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300698

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• The abnormality has been detected in the battery block 1.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–769

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–770 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3011

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3011.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300699

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–771

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–772 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3012
EN01H03ZZZ030602005055

DTC: P3012 Abnormality in battery block 2


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300700

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• The abnormality has been detected in the battery block 2.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–773

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–774 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3012

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3012.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300701

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–775

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–776 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3013
EN01H03ZZZ030602005056

DTC: P3013 Abnormality in battery block 3


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300702

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• The abnormality has been detected in the battery block 3.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–777

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–778 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3013

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3013.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300703

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–779

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–780 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3014
EN01H03ZZZ030602005057

DTC: P3014 Abnormality in battery block 4


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300704

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the battery block 4.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with a starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–781

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–782 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3014

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3014.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300705

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–783

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–784 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3015
EN01H03ZZZ030602005058

DTC: P3015 Abnormality in battery block 5


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300706

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the battery block 5.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–785

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–786 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3015

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3015.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300707

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–787

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–788 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3016
EN01H03ZZZ030602005059

DTC: P3016 Abnormality in battery block 6


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300708

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the battery block 6.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–789

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–790 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3016

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3016.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300709

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–791

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–792 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3017
EN01H03ZZZ030602005060

DTC: P3017 Abnormality in battery block 7


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300710

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the battery block 7.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–793

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–794 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3017

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3017.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300711

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–795

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–796 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3018
EN01H03ZZZ030602005061

DTC: P3018 Abnormality in battery block 8


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300712

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 8.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with a starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–797

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–798 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3018

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3018.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300713

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–799

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–800 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3019
EN01H03ZZZ030602005062

DTC: P3019 Abnormality in battery block 9


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300714

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the battery block 9.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–801

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–802 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3019

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3019.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300715

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–803

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–804 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P301B
EN01H03ZZZ030602005063

DTC: P301B Abnormality in voltage sensor deviation


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• Abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU circuit or internal memory.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in the HV battery ECU

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Abnormality has been detected in the HV battery ECU.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–805

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P301B

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the DTC other than
P301B.

SHTS03ZZZ0300716

Is the DTC other than P301B detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the HV ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that the HV-ECU-related


DTC, P3000 or P3001, is not detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300717

Is the HV ECU-related DTC, P3000 or P3001, detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for each HV ECU- Replace the HV battery ECU.


related DTC.
3–806 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3020
EN01H03ZZZ030602005064

DTC: P3020 Abnormality in battery block 10


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300718

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 10.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–807

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–808 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3020

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3020.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300719

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–809

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–810 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3021
EN01H03ZZZ030602005065

DTC: P3021 Abnormality in battery block 11


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300720

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 11.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–811

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–812 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3021

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3021.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300721

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–813

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–814 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3022
EN01H03ZZZ030602005066

DTC: P3022 Abnormality in battery block 12


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300722

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 12.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–815

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–816 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3022

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3022.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300723

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–817

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–818 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3023
EN01H03ZZZ030602005067

DTC: P3023 Abnormality in battery block 13


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300724

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 13.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration nay decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–819

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–820 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3023

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3023.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300725

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–821

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–822 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3024
EN01H03ZZZ030602005068

DTC: P3024 Abnormality in battery block 14


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300726

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 14.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–823

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–824 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3024

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3024.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300727

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–825

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–826 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3025
EN01H03ZZZ030602005069

DTC: P3025 Abnormality in battery block 15


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300728

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 15.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–827

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–828 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3025

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3025.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300729

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–829

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle 0.3 V or more


[Battery block
at a vehicle speed (in all the 10 com-
voltage]
of about 60 km/h. binations)

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–830 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3026
EN01H03ZZZ030602005070

DTC: P3026 Abnormality in battery block 16


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300730

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 16.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–831

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–832 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3026

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3026.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300731

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–833

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–834 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3027
EN01H03ZZZ030602005071

DTC: P3027 Abnormality in battery block 17


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300732

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 17.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–835

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–836 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3027

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3027.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300733

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–837

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–838 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3028
EN01H03ZZZ030602005072

DTC: P3028 Abnormality in battery block 18


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300734

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 18.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–839

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–840 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3028

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3028.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300735

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–841

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–842 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3029
EN01H03ZZZ030602005073

DTC: P3029 Abnormality in battery block 19


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300736

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 19.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–843

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–844 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3029

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3029.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300737

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–845

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–846 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P302F
EN01H03ZZZ030602005074

DTC: P302F Abnormality in battery block 20


INFORMATION

Battery block
Battery module

GBB0 VBB1 VBB2 VBB3 VBB19 VBB20

HV Battery ECU

SHTS03ZZZ0300738

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality has been detected in the battery block 20.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Any battery block is determined to be faulty based on the voltage value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine may not be started. (If equipped with the starter, however, the engine is started by the starter.)
• Idling stop may not work.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle decel-
erates.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–847

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• HV battery malfunction (degradation)
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–848 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P302F

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P302F.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300739

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–849

2 Inspecting the HV battery [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to display the [Battery block voltage] of all battery blocks.

2. Drive the vehicle.

3. Shift to the top gear and release the accelerator pedal when the
vehicle speed reaches about 60 km/h to decelerate the vehicle.

4. Record the [Battery block voltage] while the vehicle is decelerat-


ing.

5. Compare [Battery block voltage] of the odd-number group with that


of the even-number group in the combinations shown in the table
below.

6. Check that the [Battery block voltage] difference is 0.3 V or more


in all the 10 combinations.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Drive the vehicle


0.3 V or more
at the vehicle [Battery block
(in all the 10 com-
speed of about 60 voltage]
binations)
km/h.

Even number group Odd number group Comparative battery block voltage

Battery block voltage (VB0) Battery block voltage (VB1) VB0  VB1

Battery block voltage (VB2) Battery block voltage (VB3) VB2  VB3

Battery block voltage (VB4) Battery block voltage (VB5) VB4  VB5

Battery block voltage (VB6) Battery block voltage (VB7) VB6  VB7

Battery block voltage (VB8) Battery block voltage (VB9) VB8  VB9

Battery block voltage (VB10) Battery block voltage (VB11) VB10  VB11

Battery block voltage (VB12) Battery block voltage (VB13) VB12  VB13

Battery block voltage (VB14) Battery block voltage (VB15) VB14  VB15

Battery block voltage (VB16) Battery block voltage (VB17) VB16  VB17

Battery block voltage (VB18) Battery block voltage (VB19) VB18  VB19

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Replace the HV battery.


3–850 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P3065
EN01H03ZZZ030602005075

DTC: P3065 Abnormality in battery temperature sensor (Abnormality in deviation)


INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
5V
Battery temperature sensor 1
G4 B1 TB1
G8 B2 GB1
5V
Battery temperature sensor 2
G3 B3 TB2
G7 B4 GB2
5V
Battery temperature sensor 3
G2 B5 TB3
G6 B6 GB3
5V
Battery temperature sensor 4
G1 B7 TB4
G5 B8 GB4

SHTS03ZZZ0300740

1. Technical description
• The HV battery has 4 HV battery temperature sensors on its top.
• The HV battery temperature sensor has the thermistor in it and the resistance changes as the HV battery tempera-
ture changes. The lower the battery temperature becomes, the higher thermistor resistance becomes, and the
higher the battery temperature, the lower the thermistor resistance.
• The HV battery ECU detects the HV battery temperature using the HV battery temperature sensors.

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in characteristic of the HV battery temperature sensor

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The deviation of the maximum or minimum value of the battery temperature sensor is equal to or above the
standard value (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to a reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–851

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery (battery temperature sensor) malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–852 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3065

1 Inspecting the HV battery temperature sensors

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Remove the upper cover of the HV battery.

3. Visually check the installation of the 4 HV battery temperature sen-


sors. (Check that any temperature sensor does not come off the
HV battery module.)
! CAUTION
When checking the sensor, do not poke it with the rod or the like.
Doing so causes damage to the sensor.

SHTS03ZZZ0300741

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Install the HV battery temperature sensors Go to step 2.


securely.
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–853

2 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P3065.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300742

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 3.

3 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.
TB4 TB3 TB2 TB1
GB4 GB3 GB2 GB1
3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (B)
(improper fitting or connection).

Connector B

SHTS03ZZZ0300743

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Replace the HV battery thermistor wire har-
ness.
3–854 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: P308A
EN01H03ZZZ030602005076

DTC: P308A
Voltage detection connector come-off (Disconnection of all voltage detection lines)
INFORMATION

HV Battery ECU
Positive side
C12
VBB20
C2
VBB19
C17 VBB10

Service plug grip


(with an EV battery fuse built in)

C7 VBB9

C18
VBB8
C22 GBB0

Negative side

SHTS03ZZZ0300744

1. Technical description
• The HV battery is a nickel-metal hydride battery.
Nickel-metal hydride batteries require no charging from outside the vehicle and, while the vehicle is running, the
SOC of the HV battery is controlled at a certain level by the HV ECU.
• In the HV battery, 6 pieces of 1.2-V cells in series are used as a module and 40 modules are serially connected;
240 cells, which is equivalent to 288 V, are used in total.
• The HV battery ECU monitors 2 modules as a battery block and detects battery block voltage at 20 locations in
total.

<Description of malfunction>
• Voltage detection connector come-off (disconnection of all voltage detection lines)

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The HV battery block voltage is less than 2 V (1-trip detection).

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–855

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• The HV battery is not charged or discharged.

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Due to the reduced regeneration torque, the feeling of deceleration may decrease when the vehicle is decelerating.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.
! WARNING
• When inspecting the high-voltage system, be sure to take necessary measures to prevent the electrical shock
such as wearing insulated gloves or removing the service plug grip. Keep the removed service plug grip in your
pocket, so as to prevent another engineer from installing it during operation.
• After removing the service plug grip, wait at least 7 minutes before touching a high-voltage connector or termi-
nal.
HINT
It takes 7 minutes for the high-voltage capacitor in the inverter to be discharged.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• After fixing the defect, perform the driving test (after the engine is warmed up, stop the vehicle, accelerate the vehi-
cle up to 40 km/h, decelerate the vehicle, and stop the vehicle. Repeat this 5 times or more.) to check for the DTC.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery malfunction
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–856 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P308A

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for the following DTC other
than P308A.
• P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B, P062F

SHTS03ZZZ0300745

Has DTC (P0A1F, P0AFC, P301B, P0604, P0605, P060B or P062F) been detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the PCU wire harness connector

! WARNING
Wear insulated gloves during operation.
1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
HV Battery ECU
2. Remove the service plug grip.

3. Inspect the connection of the HV battery ECU connector (C)


(improper fitting or connection).

Connector C

SHTS03ZZZ0300746

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–857

3 Reproduction check [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect all the disconnected connectors to restore the system.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Erase the malfunction history.

4. Perform the test drive. (After the engine is warmed up, accelerate
the vehicle from 0 km to 40 km/h, and then decelerate and stop the
vehicle. Repeat this 5 or more times.)

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P308A is not detected.


SHTS03ZZZ0300747

Is DTC P308A detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV battery ECU. The inspection is finished.


3–858 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

DTC: U0074
EN01H03ZZZ030602005077

DTC: U0074 Abnormality in CAN signal transmission


INFORMATION

VCS ECU Engine ECU DCU

9
(CANN)

CAN H
CAN L

CAH 1
CAL 1
8
(CANP)
5
(CANL)

12
11
45
65
4
(CANH)

15
10
9
7
4
9
2 6
14

J/C CAN1(22P) 15 15
3

L 17 16 L 17 52 8 L 10 23
H 6 5 H 6 53 3 H 5 24

J/C CAN 2 INST PANEL INST PANEL J/C CAN5

1
ENGINE No.1 W/H
15
4
15

13

12

16
4

No.1 W/H No.2 W/H


J/C CAN1(10P) HV PCU
2 6 14
(CSL1)
55 8 L 10 9 X-9 (CA1L) G-8
14

14

17
16
6

54 3 H 5 8 X-8 (CA1H) G-6


CAN H
CAN L
CAN H
CAN L
CAN H
CAN L

1
4
9
7
Diagnosis connector
(DLC)

ATM ECU

Clutch ECU

J-22 G-2
4
9

15 HV ECU J-21 G-4


CAN H
CAN L

CAN H
26
CAN L D-32 G-5
CAN H1
To GROUND CIRCUIT Inverter G-3
CAN L1 D-21
Telematics information ABS ECU
A-18 P-8 G-1
Battery CAN H
ECU CAN L A-19 P-7 G-7

SHTS03ZZZ0300748

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• DIAG CAN communication shutdown due to bus off

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• DIAG CAN communication shutdown due to bus off

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–859

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• –

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery ECU malfunction
3–860 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: U0074

1 Checking the common items

1. Inspect basic items in case of abnormality in the HV DIAG CAN


system.
• Refer to the "CAN COMMUNICATION (HYBRID SYSTEM)" in the
chapter "CONTROL SYSTEM".

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the faulty part found when Go to step 2.


inspecting the common items.

2 Reproduction check 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Erase the malfunction history.

5. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position and leave the vehicle
for about 1 minute.

6. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


SHTS03ZZZ0300749

7. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC U0293 is not


detected.

Is DTC U0293 detected?

YES NO

Refer to the "DIAGNOSIS CAN COMMUNICA- The inspection is finished.


TION LINE (HYBRID)" in the chapter "CON- (Temporary actuation of protection function
TROL SYSTEM". due to external noise or connector terminal
contact resistance return)
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–861

DTC: U0293
EN01H03ZZZ030602005078

DTC: U0293 Abnormality in HV ECU communication


INFORMATION

VCS ECU Engine ECU DCU

9
(CANN)

CAN H
CAN L

CAH 1
CAL 1
8
(CANP)
5
(CANL)

12
11
45
65
4
(CANH)

15
10
9
7
4
9
2 6
14

15
J/C CAN1(22P) 15
3

4
L 17 16 L 17 52 8 L 10 23
H 6 5 H 6 53 3 H 5 24

J/C CAN 2 INST PANEL INST PANEL J/C CAN5

1
ENGINE No.1 W/H
15
4
15

13

12

16
4

No.1 W/H No.2 W/H


J/C CAN1(10P) HV PCU
2 6 14
(CSL1)
55 8 L 10 9 X-9 (CA1L) G-8
14

14

17
16
6

54 3 H 5 8 X-8 (CA1H) G-6


CAN H
CAN L
CAN H
CAN L
CAN H
CAN L

1
4
9
7
Diagnosis connector
(DLC)

ATM ECU

Clutch ECU

J-22 G-2
4
9

15 HV ECU J-21 G-4


CAN H
CAN L

CAN H
26
CAN L D-32 G-5
CAN H1
To GROUND CIRCUIT Inverter G-3
CAN L1 D-21
Telematics information ABS ECU
A-18 P-8 G-1
Battery CAN H
ECU CAN L A-19 P-7 G-7

SHTS03ZZZ0300750

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• No reception frame data is received from the HV ECU.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• No reception frame data is received from the HV ECU for the time longer than the standard value.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• MIL: ON
• HV warning light: ON
3–862 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• –

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the auxiliary battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• HV battery ECU malfunction
• HV ECU malfunction
HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING 3–863

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: U0293

1 Inspecting the common items

1. Inspect basic items in case of abnormality in the HV DIAG CAN


system.
• Refer to the "CAN COMMUNICATION (HYBRID SYSTEM)" in the
chapter "CONTROL SYSTEM".

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the faulty part found when Go to step 2.


inspecting the common items.

2 Reproduction check 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Erase the malfunction history.

5. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position and leave the vehicle
for about 1 minute.

6. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


SHTS03ZZZ0300751

7. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC U0293 is not


detected.

Is DTC U0293 detected?

YES NO

Go to step 3. The inspection is finished.


(Temporary actuation of protection function
due to external noise or connector terminal
contact resistance return)
3–864 HYBRID/TROUBLE SHOOTING

3 Reproduction check 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Erase the malfunction history.

2. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position and leave the vehicle
for about 1 minute.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check again that no DTC U0293


is detected.

SHTS03ZZZ0300752

Is DTC U0293 detected?

YES NO

Go to step 4. The inspection is finished.

4 Performing the CAN communication system vehicle diagnosis procedure

1. Perform the CAN communication system vehicle diagnosis proce-


dure.
• Refer to the "DIAGNOSIS CAN COMMUNICATION LINE (HYBRID)"
in the chapter "CONTROL SYSTEM".

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the faulty part found when Replace the HV battery ECU.
performing the CAN communication system
vehicle diagnosis procedure.
TRANSMISSION 4–1

TRANSMISSION
4

4-001

TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................... 4-3 DTC: P0778/


DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 26 .......................4-95
TROUBLE SHOOTING BY TRANSMISSION
DTC: P0810/
SYMPTOM....................................................................4-3
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 .......................4-99
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ...............................4-3
DTC: P0973/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 62 .....................4-103
TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................... 4-5 DTC: P0974/
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ....................................4-5 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 62 .....................4-107
PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS .........................4-5 DTC: P0976/
AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION...................4-6 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 63 .....................4-111
INSPECTING/CLEARING DIAGNOSIS CODES ..4-10 DTC: P0977/
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM.................................4-13 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 63 .....................4-115
COMPUTER PIN ASSIGNMENT..........................4-14 DTC: P0979/
DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE ...................................4-17 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 64 .....................4-119
DTC: P0500/ DTC: P0980/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 42 .......................4-19 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 64 .....................4-123
DTC: P0562/ DTC: P0985/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 11 .......................4-25 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 65 .....................4-127
DTC: P0705/ DTC: P0986/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 43 .......................4-28 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 65 .....................4-131
DTC: P0706/ DTC: P0A40/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 44 .......................4-34 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 .....................4-135
DTC: P0710/ DTC: P1604/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 38 .......................4-38 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 24 .....................4-139
DTC: P0715/ DTC: P1604/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 12 .......................4-42 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 54 .....................4-143
DTC: P0720/ DTC: P2545/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 61 .......................4-47 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 .....................4-147
DTC: P0725/ DTC: P2716/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 86 .......................4-53 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 28 .....................4-151
DTC: P0730/ DTC: P2740/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 37 .......................4-58 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 17 .....................4-155
DTC: P0746/ DTC: P2757/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 31 .......................4-66 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 33 .....................4-159
DTC: P0748/ DTC: P2759/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 25 .......................4-71 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 27 .....................4-164
DTC: P0751/ DTC: P2764/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 45 .......................4-75 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 36 .....................4-168
DTC: P0756/ DTC: U0100/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 46 .......................4-80 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 .....................4-172
DTC: P0761/ DTC: U110A/DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 47, 48 .................4-85 MONITOR CODE: 88 ..........................................4-178
DTC: P0776/
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 32 .......................4-90
4–2 TRANSMISSION

TROUBLESHOOTING ................................. 4-184


CLUTCH ECU...........................................................4-184
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM...............................4-184
COMPUTER PIN ASSIGNMENT ........................4-185
DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE .................................4-187
CAUTIONS ON HV DAMPER
REPLACEMENT..................................................4-188
DTC: P0560.........................................................4-189
DTC: P0563.........................................................4-193
DTC: P0710.........................................................4-195
DTC: P0775.........................................................4-200
DTC: P0811.........................................................4-205
DTC: P081E ........................................................4-207
DTC: P0883.........................................................4-209
DTC: P0942.........................................................4-213
DTC: P1538.........................................................4-225
DTC: P1539.........................................................4-235
DTC: P191A ........................................................4-242
DTC: P2859.........................................................4-244
DTC: P3156.........................................................4-246
DTC: P3157.........................................................4-256
DTC: U0101 ........................................................4-260
DTC: U0293 ........................................................4-265
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–3

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLE SHOOTING BY TRANSMISSION SYMPTOM

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
EN01H04ZZZ030601001001

Symptom Inspection range

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (S2, S3)


No shifting up (from gear 1 to gear 2) 2. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL1)
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (S1)


No shifting up (from gear 2 to gear 3) 2. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL1, SL2)
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (S2)


No shifting up (from gear 3 to gear 4) 2. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL1, SL2)
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (S1)


No shifting up (from gear 4 to gear 5) 2. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL1, SL2)
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL1, SL2)


No shifting up (from gear 5 to gear 6) 2. Transmission control switch system
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL1, SL2)


No shifting down (from gear 6 to gear 5) 2. Transmission control switch system
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (S1)


No shifting down (from gear 5 to gear 4) 2. Transmission control switch system (SL1, SL2)
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (S2)


No shifting down (from gear 4 to gear 3) 2. Transmission control switch system (SL1, SL2)
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (S1)


No shifting down (from gear 3 to gear 2) 2. Transmission control switch system (SL1, SL2)
3. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL2, SL3)


No shifting down (from gear 2 to gear 1) 2. Transmission control switch system (SL1)
3. Control computer assembly
4–4 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Inspection range

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL3)


2. Speed sensor (NT) system
Lock-up does not switch ON or OFF 3. Stop light switch assembly system
4. Temperature sensor (in the valve body)
5. Control computer assembly

1. Accelerator position sensor system (J05E)


2. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL4)
3. Speed sensor (SP2) system
4. Speed sensor (NT) system
Bad shifting point
5. Neutral start switch assembly system
6. Temperature sensor (in the valve body)
7. Temperature sensor (in the transmission body)
8. Control computer assembly

1. Neutral start switch assembly system


Shifting to gear 4 in the shift position L-3 range
2. Control computer assembly

1. Neutral start switch assembly system


Shifting to gear 5 in the shift position 4 range
2. Control computer assembly

Shifting up to gear 5 or 6 while the transmission 1. Temperature sensor (in the valve body)
is cold 2. Control computer assembly

1. Temperature sensor (in the valve body)


Large shifting shock (N  D)
2. Control computer assembly

1. Accelerator position sensor system (J05E)


2. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL1, SL2)
3. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL3)
4. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL4)
Large shifting shock (at any gear change)
5. Speed sensor (NT) system
6. Control computer assembly
7. Brake actuator assembly
8. Speed sensor (SP2) system

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL3)


2. Speed sensor (SP2) system
Large shock at the time of lock-up
3. Speed sensor (NT) system
4. Control computer assembly

1. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL4)


Bad acceleration
2. Control computer assembly

The engine stops when going into D or R range 1. Transmission solenoid assembly (SL3)
after engine start or when the vehicle is stopped. 2. Control computer assembly

TRANSMISSION (A465)
4-001
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–5

TROUBLESHOOTING

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS


EN01H04256030602010001

• Ensure that individual connectors are certainly connected before start of checking works.
• Make sure to set the starter key to the "LOCK" position before disconnecting a connector.
• Replace the part or the component that have a failure or trouble. Do not fix and reuse it.
• Delete the past malfunction code after recording. Then conduct a diagnosis again to check for present failures.
• Delete the past failure memory after completion of a diagnostic analysis.50
• The AT ECU requires engine speed information to identify failure. Thus, if diagnosis codes were erased by HINO DX Ⅱ or
DLC3 short-circuiting, make sure to start the engine first and then check if there is any diagnosis code left after the eras-
ing. Also after the repair, start the engine first and then check the absence of diagnosis code surely. If accessories were
removed for repair, start the engine first and then check the absence of diagnosis code before mounting them again after
the repair. Accessories must be mounted only after checking the absence of diagnosis code.
4–6 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION


EN01H04256030602010002

! CAUTION
• If the automatic transmission assembly or the control computer
assembly is replaced, be sure to initialize the AT learned value.
• If AT oil temperature warning light turns on for 2 seconds 
turns off for 1 seconds repeatedly during AT learned value ini-
tialization mode, set the starter key to the "LOCK" position,
make sure that the vehicle is stopped certainly, and then carry
out the initialization once again from the beginning.

1. PREPARATION
(1) Turn off the electrical loads such as the air conditioner and
the headlights.
(2) Apply the parking brake and install a wheel stopper.
! CAUTION
Park the vehicle certainly.
(3) Make sure that A/T oil level is within the specified range.
(4) Start the engine and warm it up for 5 minutes.
(5) Operate the shift lever and repeat shifting the transmission
between the positions, N  D 5 times or more and between
the positions, N  R 5 times or more.

2. ENTERING THE AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION MODE


(1) Use the HINO DX Ⅱ to inspect the AT oil temperature.
Standard value: 40-90 C {104-194 F}
(2) Use the SST to create a short-circuit between the terminals,
4(CG)  13(TC) of the DLC3.
CG
SST: 09843-18040
! CAUTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 • Short-circuiting the wrong point may cause failure of the device.
Be sure to short the right point.
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
• Pump learning for engine ECU is cleared when short-circuit
occurs between the 4 (CG) and 13 (TC) terminals of DLC3 and
TC
the starter key stays "ON" for longer than 30 seconds, so con-
duct pump learning in this case.
SHTS042560300001 (3) Make sure that the over drive switch is turned to ON (O/D
allowed). (O/D OFF indicator light is unlit)
(4) With the brake pedal depressed, increase the engine revolu-
tion to 500 r/min or more, and operate the shift lever to D  4
 D  4  D  4  D position within 10 seconds after the
DLC3 is short-circuited.
(5) Check to see that the AT oil temperature warning light of the
AT INITIAL LEARNING combination meter is flashing fast at 0.2 second intervals.
MODE
NOTICE
0.2 SECONDS
• If the AT oil temperature warning light is flashing fast at 0.2 sec-
LIGHT ond intervals, it indicates that the vehicle is set in the AT
ON learned value initialization mode.
• If the AT oil temperature warning light is unlit, perform the
LIGHT above steps once again to enter the AT learned value initializa-
OUT 0.2 SECONDS tion mode.
• If the AT oil temperature warning light remains lit, it indicates
that the attempt to enter the AT learned value initialization mode
SHTS042560300002
have failed. In that case, perform the above mentioned steps
once again from the preparation.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–7

3. PERFORMING AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION 1


! CAUTION
While performing the AT learned value initialization 1 and AT
learned value initialization 2, keep the shift lever in D position and
the brake pedal depressed.
(1) Check to see that the engine idle revolution is normal and
stable.
(2) With the brake pedal depressed, operate the shift lever to D
position.
! CAUTION
While performing the AT learned value initialization 1, keep the
shift lever in D position and the brake pedal depressed.
(3) Turn the over drive switch from ON (O/D allowed) to OFF (O/
D prohibited). (O/D OFF indicator light goes on)
(4) Check to see that the flashing interval of the AT oil tempera-
PERFORMING AT INITIAL ture warning light changes to 0.5 seconds.
LEARNING 1
0.2 0.2 NOTICE
SECONDS 0.5 SECONDS
SECONDS If the AT oil temperature warning light flashes at 0.5 second inter-
vals, it indicates that the AT learned value initialization 1 is under-
LIGHT way.
ON
(5) Check to see that the flashing interval of the AT oil tempera-
ture warning light changes from 0.5 second to faster 0.2 sec-
LIGHT
OUT 0.2 0.5 0.2 ond interval.
SECONDS SECONDS SECONDS NOTICE
• If the flashing interval of the AT oil temperature warning light
SHTS042560300003
changes to faster 0.2 second interval, it indicates that the AT
learned value initialization 1is completed.
• If the AT oil temperature warning light goes on, it indicates that
the attempt to perform the AT learned value initialization 1 have
failed. In that case, perform the same steps of AT learned value
initialization 1 once again.

4. PERFORMING AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION 2


(1) Depress the accelerator pedal within 30 seconds after the AT
learned value initialization 1 is completed (after the 0.2 sec-
ond interval flashing is started) and keep the engine revolu-
tion within the range of 1,000 to 1,500 r/min.
! CAUTION
• While performing the AT learned value initialization 2, keep the
shift lever in D position and the brake pedal depressed.
• Keep the engine revolution at a certain number of RPM to pre-
vent the accelerator opening from being changed as much as
possible.
(2) Check to see that the flashing interval of the AT oil tempera-
PERFORMING AT INITIAL PERFORMING AT ture warning light changes to 0.5 seconds.
LEARNING 1 INITIAL LEARNING 2
0.2
SECONDS NOTICE
0.5
LIGHT ON SECONDS If the AT oil temperature warning light flashes at 0.5 second inter-
vals, it indicates that the AT learned value initialization 2 is under-
way.

LIGHT OUT
0.2 0.5
SECONDS SECONDS

SHTS042560300004
4–8 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

(3) If the AT oil temperature warning light goes off or goes on,
idle the engine.
NOTICE
• When the AT learned value initialization 2 is completed, the AT
oil temperature warning light goes off.
• If the AT oil temperature warning light goes on, it indicates that
the attempt to perform the AT learned value initialization 2 have
failed. In that case, perform the same steps once again from the
AT learned value initialization 1.
(4) Turn the over drive switch as follows: OFF (O/D prohibited) 
ON (O/D allowed). (O/D OFF light goes off)

5. PERFORMING AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION 3


! CAUTION
While performing the AT learned value initialization 3 and AT
learned value initialization 4, keep the shift lever in R position and
the brake pedal depressed.
(1) Check to see that the engine idle revolution is normal and
stable.
(2) With the brake pedal depressed, operate the shift lever to R
position.
! CAUTION
While performing the AT learned value initialization 3, keep the
shift lever in R position and the brake pedal depressed.
(3) Turn the over drive switch from ON (O/D allowed) to OFF (O/
D prohibited). (O/D OFF indicator light goes on)
(4) Check to see that the flashing interval of the AT oil tempera-
THE LIGHT FLASHES AT 0.5 SECOND INTERVALS WHILE AT LEARNED VALUE ture warning light changes to 0.5 seconds.
INITIALIZATION 3 IS IN PROGRESS, AND AT 0.2 SECOND INTERVALS WHEN IT ENDS.
AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION 3 NOTICE
0.5 0.2 If the AT oil temperature warning light flashes slower at 0.5 sec-
SECONDS SECONDS ond intervals, it indicates that the AT learned value initialization 3
LIGHT is underway.
ON
(5) Check to see that the flashing interval of the AT oil tempera-
LIGHT ture warning light changes from 0.5 second to faster 0.2 sec-
OUT
0.5 0.2 ond interval.
SECONDS SECONDS
NOTICE
*THE LIGHT IS LIT IF IT FAILS
• If the flashing interval of the AT oil temperature warning light
SHTS042560300005
changes to faster 0.2 second interval, it indicates that the AT
learned value initialization 3 is completed.
• If the AT oil temperature warning light goes on, it indicates that
the attempt to perform the AT learned value initialization 3 have
failed. In that case, perform the same steps of AT learned value
initialization 3 once again.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–9

6. PERFORMING AT LEARNED VALUE INITIALIZATION 4


(1) Depress the accelerator pedal within 30 seconds after the AT
learned value initialization 3 is completed (after the 0.2 sec-
ond interval flashing is started) and keep the engine revolu-
tion within the range of 1,000 to 1,500 r/min.
! CAUTION
• While performing the AT learned value initialization 4, keep the
shift lever in R position and the brake pedal depressed.
• Keep the engine revolution at a certain number of RPM to pre-
vent the accelerator opening from being changed as much as
possible.
(2) Check to see that the flashing interval of the AT oil tempera-
PERFORMING AT PERFORMING AT ture warning light changes to 0.5 seconds.
INITIAL LEARNING 3 INITIAL LEARNING 4
0.2 NOTICE
SECONDS 0.5
LIGHT SECONDS If the AT oil temperature warning light flashes slower at 0.5 sec-
ON ond intervals, it indicates that the AT learned value initialization 4
is underway.

LIGHT
OUT 0.2 0.5
SECONDS SECONDS

SHTS042560300006

(3) If the AT oil temperature warning light goes on, or it goes off
for 2 seconds  goes on for 1 second, then idle the engine.
NOTICE
LIGHT 2 • When the AT learned value initialization 4 is completed, the AT
ON SECONDS oil temperature warning light repeats the cycles of going off for
2 seconds  going on for 1 second.
LIGHT • If the AT learned value initialization 4 is not completed, the AT
OUT oil temperature warning light goes on. In that case, perform the
IG OFF same steps once again from the AT learned value initialization 3.
1 SECOND
(4) Place the shift lever in P position.
SHTS042560300007
(5) Open the circuit between the terminals, 13(TC)4(CG) of
the DLC3.
(6) Stop the engine.
4–10 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTING/CLEARING DIAGNOSIS CODES


EN01H04256030602010003

1. CHECKING THE DIAGNOSIS CODE (READ-OUT WITH THE


HINO DX Ⅱ )
(1) Using the HINO DX Ⅱ , follow the instructions on the screen to
check diagnosis codes.
(2) Check diagnosis codes.

2. CLEARING THE MEMORY OF DIAGNOSIS CODES (DELETION


WITH THE HINO DX Ⅱ )
(1) Using the HINO DX Ⅱ , follow the instructions on the screen to
clear diagnosis codes.

3. CHECKING DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODES WITH THE CHECK


AT INDICATOR LIGHT
(1) Use the SST to create a short-circuit between the terminals,
13(TC)  4(CG) of the DLC3.
CG
SST: 09843-18040
! CAUTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Short-circuiting the wrong point may cause failure of the device.
Be sure to short the right point.
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 (2) Turn the starter key "ON".

TC

SHTS042560300008
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–11

(3) Read out codes. (the numbers of times of CHECK AT indica-


tor light flashing)

[WHEN NORMAL]
0.25s 0.25s

LIGHT ON

LIGHT OUT

TC TERMINAL GND SHORT CIRCUIT

=WHEN ABNORMAL?EXAMPLE: WHEN CODES "12" AND "23" ARE OUTPUT


4.0s 1.5s 0.5s 2.5s 0.5s
LIGHT ON

LIGHT OUT
1 2 2 3
10-DIGIT 1-DIGIT 10-DIGIT 1-DIGIT
TC TERMINAL OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT
GND SHORT
WHEN CODE "12" WHEN CODE "23" IS OUTPUT
CIRCUIT
IS OUTPUT

SHTS042560300009

NOTICE
• If the codes are normal, the light repeats the cycle of going on
for 0.25 seconds and then going off for 0.25 seconds.
• If there is a single code, output the same code at 4.5 second
intervals. If outputting the multiple codes, output the different
codes at 2.5 second intervals. After going through a round of
code outputs, perform another round of code outputs this time
at 4.5 second intervals.
• If two or more code numbers are output, display the code num-
bers in ascending order.
(4) Set the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
(5) Open the circuit between the terminals, 13(TC)  4(CG) of
the DLC3.

4. CLEARING THE MEMORY OF DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODES


(THROUGH THE SHORT-CIRCUIT OF THE DLC3)
(1) Turn the starter key "ON".
(2) After troubleshooting, use the SST to create a short-circuit
between the terminals, 13(TC)  4(CG) of the DLC3.
CG
SST: 09843-18040
! CAUTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Short-circuiting the wrong point may cause failure of the device.
Be sure to short the right point.
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

TC

SHTS042560300010
4–12 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

(3) Turn the over drive switch to OFF (O/D prohibited) (O/D OFF
indicator light goes on)
(4) Open the circuit between the terminals, 13(TC)  4(CG) of
the DLC3.
(5) Set the starter key to the "LOCK" position.
(6) Turn the over drive switch to ON (O/D allowed). (O/D OFF
indicator light is unlit)
(7) Use the SST to create a short-circuit between the terminals,
13(TC)  4(CG) of the DLC3.
SST: 09843-18040
(8) Turn the starter key "ON".
SHTS042560300011

(9) Inspect that normal codes are issued.


WHEN NORMAL NOTICE
0.25 0.25 If any abnormal code is output, perform troubleshooting once
SECONDS SECONDS again according to the code.
LIGHT ON

LIGHT OUT

SHTS042560300012
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–13

SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM


EN01H04256030602010004

ECU+B B11
B7 CN2H
+B B12
ECU-IG B4 CN2L
IG
B3 B13
OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T/C) IG2 DG DLC
B16 C9
OIL2 IDL
C14
OILW
C13 METER
TRANSMISSION WIRE SPD1
A28 E2
C3
OIL TEMPERATURE DGLP
SENSOR (V/B) OD SW
B15
OIL B14
OD2
SOLENOID S1
A1
S1 NEUTRAL START SW
SOLENOID S2
A22 A20
S2 P
SOLENOID S3 A21
A3 R
S3
SOLENOID S4 A29
B19 N ECU-IG
S4 A19
A7 D
SL1+ A17
2
SOLENOID SL1
CONTROL COMPUTER ASSEMBLY

A6 A16
SL1- L
A8
SL2+
SOLENOID SL2 A9 B23
SL2- BFC EXHAUST BRAKE SWITCH
A5
SL3+
SOLENOID SL3 A15 C15
SL3- NE ENGINE ECU
A30
SL4+ B21
SOLENOID SL4 CAN-
A31 B20 VCS ECU
SL4- CAN+
VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY A25
BK STOP LIGHT
OIL PRESSURE SW 1 C6 ECU-IG STP
TPS1 SWITCH
OIL PRESSURE SW 2 C17
TPS2
OIL PRESSURE SW 3 C12
TPS3
OIL PRESSURE SW 4 C5
TPS4 C2
OIL PRESSURE SW 5 C11 EOP CLUTCH ECU
TPS5
OIL PRESSURE SW 6 C16
TPS6
OIL PRESSURE SW 7 A10
TPS7
OIL PRESSURE SW 8 A26
TPS8

TURBINE REVOLUTION
SENSOR C1
NT-
B1
OUTPUT REVOLUTION SP2+
SENSOR B2
SP2-
B8
E
B17
GND

SW: SWITCH

SHTS042560300013
4–14 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

COMPUTER PIN ASSIGNMENT


EN01H04256030602010005

CONTROL COMPUTER
ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
VIEW
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 VEHICLE HARNESS

SHTS042560300014

No. Code Signal name No. Code Signal name

1 S1 Shift solenoid 1 drive signal 17 2 Shift position SW 4

2 — — 18 — —

3 S3 Shift solenoid 3 drive signal 19 D Shift position SW D

4 — — 20 P Shift position SW P

5 SL3+ Linear solenoid 3 drive signal (+) 21 R Shift position SW R

6 SL1- Linear solenoid 1 drive signal (-) 22 S2 Shift solenoid 2 drive signal

7 SL1+ Linear solenoid 1 drive signal (+) 23 — —

8 SL2+ Linear solenoid 2 drive signal (+) 24 — —

9 SL2- Linear solenoid 2 drive signal (-) 25 BK Brake SW

10 TPS7 Oil pressure SW7 26 TPS8 Oil pressure SW8

11 — — 27 — —

12 — — 28 E2 Sensor GND

13 — — 29 N Shift position SW N

14 — — 30 SL4+ Linear solenoid 4 drive signal (+)

15 SL3- Linear solenoid 3 drive signal (-) 31 SL4- Linear solenoid 4 drive signal (-)

16 L Shift position SW L3
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–15

CONTROL COMPUTER
ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
VIEW
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 VEHICLE HARNESS

SHTS042560300015

No. Code Signal name No. Code Signal name

1 SP2+ Sensor power supply 13 DG Diagnosis SW

2 SP2- Vehicle speed sensor No. 2 14 OD2 OD SW

3 IG2 Starter SW2 15 OIL Oil pressure sensor (with V/B)

4 IG Starter SW1 16 OIL2 Oil pressure sensor (with T/C)

5 — — 17 GND GND2

6 — — 18 — —

7 +B Battery power supply 19 S4 Solenoid 4 drive signal

8 E GND1 20 CAN+ CAN communication +

9 — — 21 CAN- CAN communication -

10 — — 22 — —

11 CN2H CAN communication 2ch + (Diagnosis) 23 BFC Exhaust brake SW

12 CN2L CAN communication 2ch - (Diagnosis) 24 — —


4–16 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

CONTROL COMPUTER
ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR C

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12
VIEW
13 14 15 16 17 VEHICLE HARNESS

SHTS042560300016

No. Code Signal name No. Code Signal name

1 NT- Turbine revolution sensor 10 — —

2 EOP Electric oil pump drive enable signal 11 TPS5 Oil pressure SW5

3 DGLP O/D OFF light 12 TPS3 Oil pressure SW3

4 — — 13 SPD1 Vehicle speed sensor No.1

5 TPS4 Oil pressure SW4 14 OILW AT oil temperature warning light

6 TPS1 Oil pressure SW1 15 NE Engine revolution signal

7 — — 16 TPS6 Oil pressure SW6

8 — — 17 TPS2 Oil pressure SW2

9 IDL AT warning light


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–17

DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE


EN01H04256030602010006

Diagnosis
DTC code Inspection item
monitor code

P0500 42 Malfunction of vehicle speed sensor system

P0562 11 Abnormal power supply voltage

P0705 43 Shift position switch system failure

P0706 44 Shift position switch system failure

P0710 38 Oil pressure sensor failure (inside the valve body)

P0715 12 Turbine revolution sensor system failure

P0720 61 Vehicle speed sensor No.2 system failure

P0725 86 Engine rotation signal system failure

P0730 37 Abnormal gear ratio

P0746 31 Control valve 1 system failure

P0748 25 Abnormality in linear solenoid 1

P0751 45 Shift valve 1 system failure

P0756 46 Shift valve 2 system failure

P0761 47, 48 Shift valve 3/4 system failure

P0776 32 Control valve 2 system failure

P0778 26 Abnormality in linear solenoid 2

P0810 88 Malfunction of clutch ECU

P0973 62 On/Off solenoid 1 system short circuit

P0974 62 On/Off solenoid 1 system disconnection

P0976 63 On/Off solenoid 2 system short circuit

P0977 63 On/Off solenoid 2 system disconnection

P0979 64 On/Off solenoid 3 system short circuit

P0980 64 On/Off solenoid 3 system disconnection

P0985 65 On/Off solenoid 4 (for line pressure lock/gain change) system short circuit

P0986 65 On/Off solenoid 4 (for line pressure lock/gain change) system disconnection

P0A40 88 Motor revolution failure

P1604 24 Fault in CAN communication data (Engine ECU)

P1604 54 Abnormality in the exhaust brake actuation signal

P2545 88 Fault in CAN communication data (HV ECU)

P2716 28 Abnormality in linear solenoid 4

P2740 17 Oil temperature sensor failure (torque convertor outlet)

P2757 33 Control valve 3 system failure

P2759 27 Abnormality in linear solenoid 3


4–18 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

Diagnosis
DTC code Inspection item
monitor code

P2764 36 Abnormal lock-up

U0100 88 Engine ECU CAN communication blackout

U110A 88 Vehicle control ECU CAN communication blackout


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–19

DTC: P0500/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 42


EN01H04256030602010007

DTC: P0500/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 42 Malfunction of vehicle speed sensor system


INFORMATION

J/B
39
S/S 8PULSE 24 AT ECU
19 17
(GND)
20 8
(E)
Combination meter J/C5

23 13
(SPD1)

SHTS042560300017

1. Technical description
• The vehicle speed sensor constantly measures the vehicle speed.

<Description of malfunction>
• The signal from the vehicle speed sensor is not detected normally.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• –
(2) Judgement criteria
• During output rotation sensor pulse detection, the state in which the vehicle speed sensor pulse is not
detected continues.

3. Reset condition
• During output rotation sensor pulse detection, 1 vehicle sensor pulse is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• An abnormality is detected in the output rotation sensor at the same time (P0720).
- Shifting gears is not possible and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
- Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)
• If an abnormality is detected in the vehicle speed sensor only (P0500)
- Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–20 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in ABS ECU
• Abnormality in AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–21

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0500/42

1 Inspecting the combination meter

1. Drive the vehicle to check that the combination meter (speedome-


ter) works normally.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Inspect the combination meter (vehicle Go to step 2.


speed signal system).

2 Checking the vehicle speed signal [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester, select [Transmission].

5. From [Data monitor and Active test], select the following to mea-
sure the vehicle speed.

SHTS042560300018 Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

When the vehicle


is stopped: 0 km/h
When the vehicle
is driven at a con-
Starter key: ON Speed stant speed: The
indicated vehicle
speed does not
change signifi-
cantly.

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Go to step 3.


4–22 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the vehicle speed signal

1. Connect an oscilloscope (voltage: 2 V/DIV, time: 20 msec/DIV) to


the vehicle-side AT ECU connector. (With the connector connected
E(-) SPD1(+) to the ECU.)

2. With the vehicle running, measure the signal waveform between


the vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals.
HINT
• The short-circuit wave peak becomes approx. 5 to 14 V due to
other ECU loaded on the vehicle. (The figure at left is for 5 V)
• The faster the vehicle speed becomes, the shorter the waveform
cycle becomes.
About • Pulse period at vehicle speed of 20 km/h is about 35 ms.
35 ms

About Measurement Tester


5-14 V Standard values
conditions connections
GND
Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (+)
Vehicle speed: – (-)
Waveform
20 km/h SPD1 (C13) termi-
SHTS042560300019
nal – E (B8) termi-
nal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Go to step 4.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–23

4 Inspecting the vehicle speed signal circuit wire harness for disconnection

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (C) and combination meter con-


nector (40P).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminal and vehicle-side combi-
nation meter connector (40P) terminal.
SPD1
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (C)
to vehicle – side
combination
Starter key: LOCK meter connector 1  or less
(40P)
SPD1 (C13) termi-
nal – SPD2 (A23)
terminal

8P OUT

SHTS042560300020

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Replace or repair the wire harness.


(Between the combination meter and AT
ECU)
4–24 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5 Inspecting the vehicle speed signal circuit wire harness for short circuit

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector SPD1 (C13) terminal and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (C)
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
SPD1 SPD1 (C13) termi-
nal – GND

SHTS042560300021

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the combination meter. Replace or repair the wire harness.


(Between the combination meter and AT
ECU)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–25

DTC: P0562/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 11


EN01H04256030602010008

DTC: P0562/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 11 Abnormal power supply voltage


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the AT ECU power supply system (disconnection in the IGN circuit or +B cir-
cuit).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The power supply voltage is not within the specified range (10 to 16 V).

3. Reset condition
• After the engine is stopped and restarted, the power supply voltage is within the specified range (10 to 16 V).

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start (for hybrid vehicles only).

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• AT ECU malfunction
4–26 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0562/11

1 Inspecting the fuse

1. Inspect that the [ECU+B 10A] and [ECU-IG2 10A] fuses are not
broken and are installed properly.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect the fuse firmly. Go to step 2.


If a broken fuse is found, go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the [ECU+B 10A] fuse circuit

1. Measure the resistance between the #1 terminal and #2 terminal


of the [ECU+B 10A] fuse.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

[ECU+B 10 A] fuse
– #1 terminal – 1  or less
#2 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Inspect all the wire harnesses and devices


connected to the fuse and if any abnormality
is found, repair or replace it.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–27

3 Inspecting the AT ECU power supply circuit

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

+B(+) IG(+) IG2(+) E(-) 2. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector (B).

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (B)
IG2+ (B3) terminal
– E- (B8) terminal
SHTS042560300022 Starter key: ON 10 – 16 V
IG+ (B4) terminal –
E- (B8) terminal
+B+ (B7) terminal
– E- (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness


(between the J/B and AT ECU).
4–28 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0705/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 43


EN01H04256030602010009

DTC: P0705/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 43 Shift position switch system failure


INFORMATION

Neutral start switch


ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H L 2 D N R P
No.1 W/H L L L L L L
J/B N
F ECU-IG No.2 10A B
AT ECU 30 2 4
C
20 32 41 23 5
(P) PL
21 40 40 24 9
(R) RL
29 43 21 7 1
(N) NL
19 3 10 8
(D) DL
17 4 11 2
(2) 2L
16 5 12 7
(L) LL
INST PANEL No.1 ENGINE ROOM
W/H No.1 W/H

SHTS042560300023

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• The shift position signal is not detected normally.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• All shift position switch contacts OFF are detected.
• Two or more contacts ON are detected.
• The N contact or R contact is not detected even when the shift lever is operated.

3. Reset condition
• Any of the contacts is detected.
• Within 50 msec after the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the “N contact” or “P contact” is detected and the
“R contact,” “D contact,” “4th contact,” and “3rd contact” are not detected
• The “N contact” or “R contact” is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the forward gear is fixed at 3rd.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–29

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• The shift lever is stopped between two gear positions or operated slowly.
• Improperly adjusted shift lever and wire
• Abnormality in the shift lever
• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT neutral start switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
4–30 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0705/43

1 Inspecting the neutral switch (shift position switch) [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester, select [Transmission].

5. From [Data monitor and Active test], select the following to inspect
the shift position switch.

SHTS042560300024 Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Shifting operation
Shift position SW
NR
R [R]
: OFF  ON

Shifting operation
Shift position SW
N  L3
3 [3]
: OFF  ON

Shifting operation
Shift position SW
N4
D4 [4]
: OFF  ON
Starter key: ON
Shifting operation
Shift position SW
ND
D (5) [D]
: OFF  ON

Shifting operation
Shift position SW
DN
N [N]
: OFF  ON

Shifting operation
Shift position SW
RP
P [P]
: OFF  ON

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Go to step 2.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–31

2 Inspecting power supply to the neutral switch

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

RB(+) 2. Disconnect the neutral switch connector.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


1 2 3 4 5
4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
6 7 8 9 10
cle-side neutral switch connector terminals and GND.

B(+)
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS042560300025
Vehicle-side neu-
tral switch con-
nector
Starter key: ON RB (4) terminal – 10 – 16 V
GND
B (10) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Inspect the neutral switch power supply cir-


cuit.
4–32 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting neutral switch (single unit inspection)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


PL RB 2L NL
2. Operate the shift lever and using the electrical tester, measure the
resistance between the neutral switch connector terminals.

5 4 3 2 1
Measurement Tester
Standard values
10 9 8 7 6 conditions connections

Neutral switch
connector
B RL DL LL L P position
: RB (4) terminal –
SHTS042560300026
PL (5) terminal
: L (6) terminal –
B (10) terminal
R position
: RB (4) terminal –
Starter key: LOCK RL (9) terminal
(Operate the shift N position
lever and mea- : RB (4) terminal –
1  or less
sure the resis- NL (1) terminal
tance in each shift : L (6) terminal –
lever position.) B (10) terminal
D position
: RB (4) terminal –
DL (8) terminal
4 position
: RB (4) terminal –
2L (2) terminal
L3 position
: RB (4) terminal –
LL (7) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace the neutral switch.

4 Inspecting the neutral switch wire harness

1. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (A).


P(+) D(+) 2(+) L(+) E(-)
2. Connect the neutral switch connector.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Operate the shift lever and using the electrical tester, measure the
voltage between the vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals.

R(+)
N(+)
SHTS042560300027
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–33

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
(A) and (B)

P (A20) terminal –
E (B8) terminal
: P position (i)
: Position other
than P position (ii)

R (A21) terminal –
E (B8) terminal
: R position (i)
: Position other
than R position (ii)

N (A29) terminal –
E (B8) terminal
: N position (i)
: Position other
than N position (ii) (i): 10 – 16 V
Starter key: ON
(ii): 0 – 3 V
D (A19) terminal –
E (B8) terminal
: D position (i)
: Position other
than D position (ii)
(for reference)

2 (A17) terminal –
E (B8) terminal
: 4th position (i)
: Position other
than 4th position
(ii) (for reference)

L (A16) terminal –
E (B8) terminal
: L3 position (i)
: Position other
than L3 position
(ii) (for reference)

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace or repair the wire harness.


4–34 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0706/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 44


EN01H04256030602010010

DTC: P0706/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 44 Shift position switch system failure


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300028

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the oil pressure switch.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• While the engine is running
(2) Judgement criteria
• The oil pressure switch stays OFF while a forward gear is detected.
• The oil pressure switch stays ON while a gear other than the forward gears is detected.

3. Reset condition
• Within 50 msec after the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the "N contact" or "P contact" is detected and the
"R contact," "D contact," "4th contact," and "3rd contact" are not detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–35

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the forward gear is fixed at 3rd.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• The shift lever is stopped between two gear positions or operated slowly.
• Improperly adjusted shift lever and wire
• Abnormality in the shift lever
• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT neutral start switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
• Abnormality in the AT oil pressure switch
4–36 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0706/44

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Check the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting power supply to the transmission solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


1 2 3 4 5
4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
6 7 8 9 10
cle-side transmission solenoid wire connector (B) TPS8 (B6) ter-
minal and GND.

TPS8(+)
Measurement Tester
Standard values
SHTS042560300029 conditions connections

Vehicle-side trans-
mission solenoid
Starter key: ON wire connector (B) 10 – 16 V
TPS8 (B6) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–37

3 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (pressure switch)

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).

E(-) 2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


TPS8(+)
3. Move the shift lever to the P position.

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

5. Start the engine and move the shift lever to the D position.

6. Measure the voltage again.


SHTS042560300030

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Starter key ON
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: ON (P position)
ECU connectors
(P position) : 10 – 16 V
(A) and (B)
While the engine When the engine
TPS8 (A26) termi-
is running is started
nal – E (B8) termi-
(D position) (D position)
nal
:0–3V

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


(Pressure switch 8 malfunction)
4–38 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0710/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 38


EN01H04256030602010011

DTC: P0710/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 38


Oil pressure sensor failure (inside the valve body)
INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
2
16 16 15 1 Oil temperature sensor
(OIL2)

SHTS042560300031

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• The transmission oil temperature is not detected normally.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the oil temperature sensor remains at 309 k or more or below 59 .

3. Reset condition
• The resistance across the oil temperature sensor remaining at 59  or more or below 309 k is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–39

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine brake performance decreases.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the oil temperature sensor
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
4–40 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0710/38

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (temperature sensor) 1

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


OIL
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid connector (B).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


5 4 3 2 1 terminals of the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).
10 9 8 7 6
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
E2 Oil temperature
Transmission
10 C {50 F}
SHTS042560300032 solenoid wire con-
: 5.8 to 7.09 k
Starter key: LOCK nector (B)
Oil temperature
OIL (B3) terminal –
110 C {230 F}
E2 (B8) terminal
: 0.231 to 0.263 k

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 2. Replace the automatic transmission.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (temperature sensor) 2

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


OIL
transmission solenoid wire connector (B) OIL (B3) terminal and
GND.

Measurement Tester
5 4 3 2 1 Standard values
conditions connections
10 9 8 7 6
Transmission
solenoid wire con-
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
nector (B)
E2 OIL (B3) – GND

SHTS042560300033

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–41

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness for disconnection

1. Connect the transmission solenoid connector (B).

2. Disconnect the AT ECU connectors (A) and (B).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
E2(-) OIL(+)
Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
SHTS042560300034
(A) and (B)
Starter key: LOCK 59  – 309 k
OIL (B15) terminal
– E2 (A28) termi-
nal

Is the measured value within the specified range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace or repair the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)

4 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness for short circuit

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
(A) and (B)
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
E2 OIL E2 (A28) – GND
OIL (B15) terminal
– GND
SHTS042560300035

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
4–42 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0715/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 12


EN01H04256030602010012

DTC: P0715/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 12 Turbine revolution sensor system failure


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H


AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
19 17 1 8 13 2
(GND) (SP2+)
20 8 1 9 12 1
(E) (NT-)
J/C5 Turbine speed
sensor

SHTS042560300036

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• No pulse is detected from the AT turbine revolution sensor.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• During output rotation sensor pulse detection, the state in which the turbine revolution sensor pulse is not
detected continues.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal
• During output rotation sensor pulse detection, 1 turbine revolution sensor pulse is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock is felt when shifting gears.
• The engine brake performance decreases.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–43

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormal AT turbine revolution sensor gap
• Abnormality in the AT turbine revolution sensor
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
4–44 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0715/12

1 Inspecting power supply to the sensor

1. Start the engine.

SP2+(+) 2. Using the electrical test, measure the voltage between the termi-
E(-)
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector. (With the connector
connected to the ECU.)

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine ECU connector (B)
6 – 10 V
is running (idling) SP2+ (B1) terminal
SHTS042560300037
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 2. Go to step 3.

2 Inspecting the turbine revolution sensor signal

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

NT-(+) 2. Connect the oscilloscope (voltage: 500 mV/DIV, time: 500 msec/
E(-) DIV) to the vehicle-side AT ECU connector. (With the connector
connected to the ECU.)

3. Start the engine and measure the signal waveform between the
terminals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.
HINT
When the engine speed increases, the waveform period shortens.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
While the engine (B) and (C)
Waveform
is running (idling) (+) to (-)
GND NT- (C1) terminal –
E (B8) terminal
SHTS042560300038

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Go to step 3.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–45

3 Inspecting the turbine revolution sensor wire harness for disconnection

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

NT-
2. Disconnect the turbine revolution sensor and AT ECU connectors.
SP2+
3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
vehicle-side AT ECU connector and vehicle-side turbine revolution
sensor connector terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
(B) and (C) – Vehi-
cle-side turbine
revolution sensor
Starter key: LOCK 1  or less
connector
NT- NT+ SP2+ (B1) terminal
– NT+ (2) terminal
1 2 NT- (C1) terminal –
NT- (1) terminal

SHTS042560300039

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Repair or replace the wire harness.


4–46 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4 Inspecting the turbine revolution sensor wire harness for short circuit

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.
NT-
SP2+
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
Starter key: LOCK (B) and (C) 10 k or more
SP2+ (B1) – GND
NT- (C1) – GND

NT- NT+

1 2

SHTS042560300040

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the turbine revolution sensor. Replace or repair the wire harness.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–47

DTC: P0720/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 61


EN01H04256030602010013

DTC: P0720/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 61 Vehicle speed sensor No.2 system failure
INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H


AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
2 6 5 1
(SP2-)
1 7 4 2 Speed sensor
(SP2+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300041

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• No pulse is detected from the AT output rotation sensor.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• During vehicle speed sensor pulse detection, the state in which the output rotation sensor pulse is not
detected continues.

3. Reset condition
• During vehicle speed sensor pulse detection, 1 output rotation sensor pulse is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• If an abnormality is detected in the vehicle speed sensor system (P0500) at the same time
- Shifting gears is not possible and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
- Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)
• If an abnormality is detected in the output rotation sensor only (P0720)
- Shock may be felt when shifting gears.
- Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–48 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT output rotation sensor gap
• Abnormality in the AT output revolution sensor
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–49

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0720/61

1 Inspecting the ABS [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester, select [Brake].

5. Check for ABS wheel sensor-related DTC.

SHTS042560300042

Is any ABS wheel sensor-related DTC detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting power supply to the sensor

1. Start the engine.

2. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
SP2+(+) nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector. (With the connector
E(-)
connected to the ECU.)

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine ECU connector (B)
6 – 10 V
is running (idling) SP2+ (B1) terminal
SHTS042560300043
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Go to step 4.
4–50 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Checking the output rotation sensor signal

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

SP2-(+) 2. Connect the oscilloscope (voltage: 500 mV/DIV, time: 500 msec/
E(-)
DIV) to the vehicle-side AT ECU connector. (With the connector
connected to the ECU.)

3. With the vehicle running, measure the signal waveform between


the vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals.
HINT
• When the vehicle speed increases, the waveform period short-
ens.
• The pulse period is approximately 7 ms when the vehicle speed
is 20 km/h.
About
7 ms

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

GND
Vehicle-side AT
Vehicle speed: ECU connector (B)
Approximately 20 (+) – (-) Waveform
SHTS042560300044 km/h SP2- (B2) terminal
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Go to step 4.

4 Inspecting the vehicle speed sensor connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the vehicle speed sensor


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 5.


Repair it if necessary.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–51

5 Inspecting the output rotation sensor wire harness for disconnection

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the output rotation sensor and AT ECU connectors.


SP2- SP2+

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector and vehicle-side output rotation
sensor connector terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (B)
– Vehicle-side out-
put rotation sen-
Starter key: LOCK sor connector 1  or less
SP2+ (B1) terminal
SP2- SP2+ – SP2+ (2) terminal
SP2- (B2) terminal
1 2 – SP2- (1) terminal

SHTS042560300045

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Repair or replace the wire harness.


4–52 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

6 Inspecting the output rotation sensor wire harness for short circuit

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.

SP2- SP2+
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (B)
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
SP2+ (B1) – GND
SP2- (B2) – GND

SP2- SP2+

1 2

SHTS042560300046

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the output rotation sensor. Repair or replace the wire harness.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–53

DTC: P0725/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 86


EN01H04256030602010014

DTC: P0725/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 86 Engine rotation signal system failure


INFORMATION

AT ECU
19 17
(GND)
J/C5 20 8
Engine ECU (E)
34 27 24 15
(TAC) (NE)
J/B

SHTS042560300047

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• No engine speed pulse is detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• During output rotation sensor pulse detection with a gear engaged, the state in which no engine speed sensor
pulse is detected continues.

3. Reset condition
• The state in which engine speed sensor pulse is detected continues.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock is felt when shifting gears.
• The vehicle can run but shock is felt when the vehicle is accelerating from the HV regeneration state. (For hybrid
vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–54 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Engine speed sensor malfunction
• AT ECU malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–55

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0725/86

1 Inspecting the engine ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester, select [Engine].

5. Check that engine speed sensor-related DTC (P0335 or P0339) is


not detected.

SHTS042560300048

Is any engine speed sensor-related DTC detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.


4–56 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

2 Inspecting the engine speed signal

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


E(-) NE(+)
2. Connect an oscilloscope (voltage: 2 V/DIV, time: 20 msec/DIV) to
the vehicle-side AT ECU connector. (With the connector connected
to the ECU.)

3. Start the engine and measure the signal waveform between the
terminals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.
! WARNING
The square wave peak becomes approx. 5 to 14 V due to any ECU
2V 20 ms loaded on the vehicle along with the ECU. (The figure at left is for
About about 5 V)
30 ms
HINT
• When the engine speed increases, the waveform period short-
GND
ens.
• When the engine is idling, the pulse period is approximately 30
ms.

Measurement Tester
SHTS042560300049 Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
While the engine (B) and (C)
Waveform
is running (idling) (+) to (-)
NE (C15) terminal
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Go to step 3.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–57

3 Inspecting the engine speed signal circuit wire harness for disconnection

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

D E75 2. Disconnect the engine ECU and AT ECU connectors.

3. Connect the signal check harness to the vehicle-side engine ECU


harness. (Do not connect to the ECU.)

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


Engine ECU (signal check harness) and vehicle-side ECU connec-
tor terminals.

SHTS042560300050 Measurement Tester


Standard values
conditions connections

Engine ECU (sig-


nal check har-
ness) – Vehicle-
side AT ECU con-
Starter key: LOCK 1  or less
nector (C)
SNE (E75) terminal
– NE (C15) termi-
nal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace or repair the wire harness.

4 Inspecting the engine speed signal circuit wire harness for short circuit

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector NE (C15) terminal and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
NE ECU connector (C)
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
NE (C15) terminal
– GND

SHTS042560300051

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


4–58 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0730/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 37


EN01H04256030602010015

DTC: P0730/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 37 Abnormal gear ratio


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300052

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality in gear ratio is detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• While the vehicle is running in a forward gear (except when shifting gears), the difference between the output
rotation calculated by the AT turbine revolution sensor and the output rotation calculated by the output rotation
sensor exceeds 500 r/min.

3. Reset condition
• While the vehicle is running in a forward gear (except when shifting gears), the difference between the output rota-
tion calculated by the AT turbine revolution sensor and the output rotation calculated by the output rotation sensor is
500 r/min or less.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–59

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Automatic transmission malfunction
• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• AT ECU malfunction
4–60 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0730/37

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P0730.

SHTS042560300053

Is a DTC other than P0730 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 3.


Repair it if necessary.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–61

3 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (S1)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connectors (A) and (B).

3. Connect the positive terminal of the battery (12 V) to the transmis-


6 5 4 3 2 1 sion solenoid wire connector (A) S1 (A10) terminal, and the nega-
12 11 10 9 8 7 tive terminal to the GND.

4. Check that the valve in the solenoid operates normally.


NOTICE
S1(+) Use a 12-V battery.
SHTS042560300054
5. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S1 (A10) terminal and
GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

When the battery


Transmission is connected
solenoid wire con- : Operating sound
Starter key: LOCK nector (A) is heard.
S1 (A10) terminal Resistance
– GND : 11 – 15 
(20 C {68 F})

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–62 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (S2)

1. Connect the positive terminal of the battery (12 V) to the transmis-


sion solenoid wire connector (A) S2 (A3) terminal, and the nega-
S2(+)
tive terminal to the body.

2. Check that the valve in the solenoid operates normally.


6 5 4 3 2 1
NOTICE
12 11 10 9 8 7 Use a 12-V battery.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S2 (A3) terminal and
GND.

SHTS042560300055
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

When the battery


Transmission is connected
solenoid wire con- : Operating sound
Starter key: LOCK nector (A) is heard.
S2 (A3) terminal – Resistance
GND : 11 – 15 
(20 C {68 °F})

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Replace the automatic transmission.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–63

5 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (S3)

1. Connect the positive terminal of the battery (12 V) to the transmis-


sion solenoid wire connector (A) S3 (A9) terminal, and the nega-
tive terminal to the body.

2. Check that the valve in the solenoid operates normally.


6 5 4 3 2 1
NOTICE
12 11 10 9 8 7 Use a 12-V battery.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S3 (A9) terminal and
S3(+) GND.

SHTS042560300056
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

When the battery


Transmission is connected
solenoid wire con- : Operating sound
Starter key: LOCK nector (A) is heard.
S3 (A9) terminal – Resistance
GND : 11 – 15 
(20 C {68 °F})

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–64 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

6 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (SL1)

1. Connect the positive terminal of the battery (12 V) to the transmis-


SL1+(+)
sion solenoid wire connector (B) SL1+ (B5) terminal, and the neg-
ative terminal to the SL1- (B10) terminal.

2. Check that the valve in the solenoid operates normally.


5 4 3 2 1 NOTICE
10 9 8 7 6 Use a 12-V battery.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (B) SL1+ (B5) terminal and
SL1-(-) SL1- (B10) terminal.

SHTS042560300057
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

When the battery


Transmission
is connected
solenoid wire con-
: Operating sound
nector (B)
Starter key: LOCK is heard.
SL1+ (B5) termi-
Resistance
nal – SL1- (B10)
: 5.0 – 6.0 
terminal
(20 C {68 °F})

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 7. Replace the automatic transmission.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–65

7 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (SL2)

1. Connect the positive terminal of the battery (12 V) to the transmis-


sion solenoid wire connector (A) SL2+ (A12) terminal, and the
SL2-(-)
negative terminal to the SL2- (A6) terminal.

2. Check that the valve in the solenoid operates normally.


6 5 4 3 2 1
NOTICE
12 11 10 9 8 7 Use a 12-V battery.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (A) SL2+ (A12) terminal and
SL2+(+) SL2- (A6) terminal.

SHTS042560300058
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

When the battery


Transmission
is connected
solenoid wire con-
: Operating sound
nector (A)
Starter key: LOCK is heard.
SL2+ (A12) termi-
Resistance
nal – SL2- (A6) ter-
: 5.0 – 6.0 
minal
(20 C {68 °F})

Is the measured value within the specified range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–66 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0746/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 31


EN01H04256030602010016

DTC: P0746/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 31 Control valve 1 system failure


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300059

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the control valve 1 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• While the control valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
• While the control valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", all of the following conditions are met:
.

1. In a forward gear, the oil pressure switch is ON, and either "D contact," "4th contact," or "3rd contact" is detected.
2. While the control valve is operating, the oil pressure switch ON is detected.
3. While the control valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch OFF is detected.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–67

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT control valve
• Abnormality in the AT oil pressure switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
4–68 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0746/31

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P0746/Diagnosis monitor code 31 (see below).
• P0748/25

SHTS042560300060

Is any DTC other than P0746/31 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–69

3 Inspecting power supply to the transmission solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


TPS1 CONNECTOR A
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


1 2 3 4 5 6
4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
7 8 9 10 11 12 cle-side transmission solenoid wire connector (A) TPS1 (A1) ter-
minal and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
SHTS042560300061 conditions connections

Vehicle-side trans-
mission solenoid
Starter key: ON wire connector (A) 10 – 16 V
TPS1(A1) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace or repair the wire harness.


4–70 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (pressure switch)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

TPS1(+) 2. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


E(-)

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS042560300062
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: ON ECU connectors
(B) and (C)

P position
TPS1 (C6) terminal
(Pressure switch 10 – 16 V
– E (B8) terminal
1: OFF)

5. Start the engine.

6. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine
ECU connectors
is running
(B) and (C)

When driving in
2nd gear TPS1 (C6) terminal
0–3V
(Pressure switch – E (B8) terminal
1: ON)

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


(Pressure switch malfunction)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–71

DTC: P0748/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 25


EN01H04256030602010017

DTC: P0748/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 25 Abnormality in linear solenoid 1


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300063

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the linear solenoid 1 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid remains at 100 k or more. Or the solenoid current remains at 4 A or
more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid resistance is detected to be less than 100 k and the
solenoid current is less than 4 A.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–72 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT linear solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–73

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0748/25

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector (SL1)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SL1+(+)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


5 4 3 2 1 terminals of the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).
10 9 8 7 6
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SL1-(-) Transmission
solenoid wire con-
5.0 – 6.0 
SHTS042560300064
nector (B)
Starter key: LOCK
SL1+ (B5) termi- (20 C {68 °F})
nal – SL1- (B10)
terminal

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (B) SL1+ (B5) terminal and
GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
solenoid wire con-
Starter key: LOCK nector (B) 10 k or more
SL1+ (B5) termi-
nal – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–74 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).


SL1+(+)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

SL1-(-) Measurement Tester


Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SHTS042560300065 5.0 – 6.0 
Starter key: LOCK SL1+ (A7) termi-
(20 C {68 °F})
nal – SL1- (A6) ter-
minal

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SL1- (A6) terminal
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
– GND
SL1+ (A7) termi-
nal – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–75

DTC: P0751/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 45


EN01H04256030602010018

DTC: P0751/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 45 Shift valve 1 system failure


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300066

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the shift valve 1 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• While the shift valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
• While the shift valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", all of the following conditions are met:
.

1. While the shift valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.
2. While the shift valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
4–76 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT shift valve
• Abnormality in the AT oil pressure switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–77

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0751/45

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P0751/Diagnosis monitor code 45 (see below).
• P0973/62, P0974/62

SHTS042560300067

Is any DTC other than P0751/45 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 3.


Repair it if necessary.
4–78 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting power supply to the transmission solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

1 2 3 4 5 6 3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


7 8 9 10 11 12
4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
cle-side transmission solenoid wire connector (A) TPS3 (A8) ter-
minal and GND.

TPS3(+)
Measurement Tester
Standard values
SHTS042560300068 conditions connections

Vehicle-side trans-
mission solenoid
Starter key: ON wire connector (A) 10 – 16 V
TPS3 (A8) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace or repair the wire harness.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–79

4 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (pressure switch)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


E(-)

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

TPS3(+) Measurement Tester


Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS042560300069
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: ON ECU connectors
(B) and (C)

P position TPS3 (C12) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – E (B8) termi- 10 – 16 V
3: OFF) nal

5. Start the engine.

6. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine
ECU connectors
is idling
(B) and (C)

R position TPS3 (C12) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – E (B8) termi- 0–3V
3: ON) nal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


(Pressure switch malfunction)
4–80 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0756/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 46


EN01H04256030602010019

DTC: P0756/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 46 Shift valve 2 system failure


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300070

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the shift valve 2 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• While the shift valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
• While the shift valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", all of the following conditions are met:
.

1. While the shift valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.
2. While the shift valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–81

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT shift valve
• Abnormality in the AT oil pressure switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
4–82 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0756/46

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P0756/Diagnosis monitor code 46 (see below).
• P0976/63, P0977/63

SHTS042560300071

Is any DTC other than P0756/46 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 3.


Repair it if necessary.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–83

3 Inspecting power supply to the transmission solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
cle-side transmission solenoid wire connector (B) TPS4 (B7) ter-
minal and GND.

TPS4(+)
Measurement Tester
Standard values
SHTS042560300072 conditions connections

Vehicle-side trans-
mission solenoid
Starter key: ON wire connector (B) 10 – 16 V
TPS4 (B7) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace or repair the wire harness.


4–84 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (pressure switch)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

TPS4(+) 2. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).


E(-)
3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS042560300073
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: ON ECU connectors
(B) and (C)

P position
TPS4 (C5) terminal
(Pressure switch 10 – 16 V
– E (B8) terminal
4: OFF)

5. Start the engine.

6. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine
ECU connectors
is idling
(B) and (C)

P position
TPS4 (C5) terminal
(Pressure switch 0–3V
– E (B8) terminal
4: ON)

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


(Pressure switch malfunction)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–85

DTC: P0761/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 47, 48


EN01H04256030602010020

DTC: P0761/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 47, 48 Shift valve 3/4 system failure
INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300074

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the shift valve 3/4 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• While the shift valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
• While the shift valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", all of the following conditions are detected:
.

1. While the shift valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.
2. While the shift valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
4–86 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT shift valve
• Abnormality in the AT oil pressure switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–87

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0761/47, 48

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P0761/Diagnosis monitor code 47 or 48 (see below).
• P0979/64, P0980/64

SHTS042560300075

Is any DTC other than P0761/47 or 48 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 3.


Repair it if necessary.
4–88 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting power supply to the transmission solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

TPS6(+) 2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connectors (A) and (B).

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

1 2 3 4 5 6 4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side transmission solenoid wire connectors (A)
7 8 9 10 11 12
and (B) and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

TPS5(+) Vehicle-side trans-


mission solenoid
wire connectors
(A) and (B)
Starter key: ON 10 – 16 V
1 2 3 4 5 TPS5 (B2) terminal
– GND
6 7 8 9 10 TPS6 (A2) terminal
– GND

SHTS042560300076

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace or repair the wire harness.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–89

4 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (pressure switch)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

TPS5(+) 2. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connectors (A) and (B).
E(-)
3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
TPS6(+) Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS042560300077
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: ON ECU connectors
(B) and (C)

P position TPS5 (C11) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 10 – 16 V
5: OFF) E (B8) terminal

P position TPS6 (C16) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 10 – 16 V
6: OFF) E (B8) terminal

5. Start the engine.

6. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine
ECU connectors
is idling
(B) and (C)

P position TPS5 (C11) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 0–3V
5: ON) E (B8) terminal

P position TPS6 (C16) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 0–3V
6: ON) E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


(Pressure switch malfunction)
4–90 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0776/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 32


EN01H04256030602010021

DTC: P0776/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 32 Control valve 2 system failure


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300078

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the control valve 2 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• While the control valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
• While the control valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", all of the following conditions are met:
.

1. In a forward gear, the oil pressure switch is ON, and either "D contact," "4th contact," or "3rd contact" is detected.
2. While the control valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.
3. While the control valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–91

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT control valve
• Abnormality in the AT oil pressure switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
4–92 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0776/32

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P0776/Diagnosis monitor code 32 (see below).
• P0778/26

SHTS042560300079

Is any DTC other than P0776/32 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 3.


Repair it if necessary.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–93

3 Inspecting power supply to the transmission solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


CONNECTOR A
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.


1 2 3 4 5 6
4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
7 8 9 10 11 12 cle-side transmission solenoid wire connector (A) TPS2 (A7) ter-
minal and GND.

TPS2
Measurement Tester
Standard values
SHTS042560300080 conditions connections

Vehicle-side trans-
mission solenoid
Starter key: ON wire connector (A) 10 – 16 V
TPS2 (A7) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Repair or replace the wire harness.


4–94 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (pressure switch)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


E(-)
TPS2(+)
3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS042560300081
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: ON ECU connectors
(B) and (C)

P position TPS2 (C17) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 10 – 16 V
2: OFF) E (B8) terminal

5. Start the engine.

6. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine
ECU connectors
is idling
(B) and (C)

R position TPS2 (C17) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 0–3V
2: ON) E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


(Pressure switch malfunction)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–95

DTC: P0778/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 26


EN01H04256030602010022

DTC: P0778/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 26 Abnormality in linear solenoid 2


INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300082

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the linear solenoid 2 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid remains at 100 k or more. Or the solenoid current remains at 4 A or
more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid resistance is detected to be less than 100 k and the
solenoid current is less than 4 A.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–96 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT linear solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–97

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0778/26

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (SL2)

1. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


SL2-(-)
2. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
terminals of the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

6 5 4 3 2 1
Measurement Tester
12 11 10 9 8 7 Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
solenoid wire con-
SL2+(+) nector (A) 5.0 – 6.0 
Starter key: LOCK
SL2+ (A12) termi- (20 C {68 °F})
SHTS042560300083
nal –
SL2- (A6) terminal

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (A) SL2+ (A12) terminal and
GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
solenoid wire con-
Starter key: LOCK nector (A) 10 k or more
SL2+ (A12) termi-
nal – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–98 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


SL2+(+)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

SL2-(-)
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SHTS042560300084 5.0 – 6.0 
Starter key: LOCK SL2+ (A8) termi-
(20 C {68 °F})
nal –
SL2- (A9) terminal

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SL2+ (A8) termi-
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
nal – GND
SL2- (A9) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–99

DTC: P0810/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88


EN01H04256030602010023

DTC: P0810/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 Malfunction of clutch ECU


INFORMATION

20
Clutch ECU 19
25
21 15 ABS ECU
VCS ECU
AT ECU 20 To GROUND CIRCUIT
3
(CA2-)
2
(CA2+)

HV PCU

1
4
9
7
20
10
21
20

9 2 6 15 (CSL2)
9

7 18 19 18 19 48 8 10 24 (CA1-)
(CA1-)
6 7 8 7 8 49 3 5 23
(CA1+) (CA1+)

J/C CAN2 J/C CAN1 J/C CAN2


13
(CSL4)
14 47 21
(CA2+)
Combination meter 13 46 22
(CA2-)

SHTS042560300085

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• A clutch ECU malfunction detection signal (CAN signal) has been received via CAN communication.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• A clutch ECU malfunction detection signal has been received via CAN communication.

3. Reset condition
• A signal indicating that the clutch ECU works normally has been received via CAN communication.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• A force may be applied to a forward gear in P, R, or N range.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
4–100 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Clutch ECU malfunction
• AT ECU malfunction
• CAN bus line disconnection or short circuit
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–101

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0810/88

1 Inspecting the clutch system [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Clutch] and read the


detected DTC.

SHTS042560300086

Is any DTC detected from the clutch system?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that no CAN communication malfunction (U0100) is detected.

SHTS042560300087

Is any CAN communication-related malfunction (U0100) detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 3.


4–102 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the CAN bus line

1. Inspect the CAN bus line.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part. Go to step 4.

4 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the clutch ECU.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the diagnostic tester, erase the malfunction history.

5. Start the engine and test-drive the vehicle.

6. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC P0810 is not


detected.
SHTS042560300088

Is DTC P0810 detected?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–103

DTC: P0973/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 62


EN01H04256030602010024

DTC: P0973/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 62 On/Off solenoid 1 system short circuit


INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300089

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Short circuit has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 1 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The solenoid current remains at 4 A or more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid current below 4 A is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–104 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–105

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0973/62

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Check the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S1)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S1 (A10) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
S1(+)
Transmission
SHTS042560300090
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S1 (A10) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–106 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


E(-)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

S1(+) Measurement Tester


Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
SHTS042560300091 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK (A) and (B)
(20 C {68 °F})
S1 (A1) terminal –
E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–107

DTC: P0974/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 62


EN01H04256030602010025

DTC: P0974/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 62 On/Off solenoid 1 system disconnection


INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300092

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 1 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid is kept at 100 k or more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid resistance remains below 100 k.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–108 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–109

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0974/62

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S1)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S1 (A10) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
S1(+)
Transmission
SHTS042560300093
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S1 (A10) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–110 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


E(-)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

S1(+) Measurement Tester


Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
SHTS042560300094 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK (A) and (B)
(20 C {68 °F})
S1 (A1) terminal –
E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–111

DTC: P0976/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 63


EN01H04256030602010026

DTC: P0976/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 63 On/Off solenoid 2 system short circuit


INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300095

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Short circuit has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 2 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The solenoid current remains at 4 A or more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid current below 4 A is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–112 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–113

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0976/63

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S2)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


S2(+)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S2 (A3) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
SHTS042560300096
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S2 (A3) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the specified range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–114 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


E(-)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
S2(+) Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
SHTS042560300097 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK (A) and (B)
(20 C {68 °F})
S2 (A22) terminal
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–115

DTC: P0977/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 63


EN01H04256030602010027

DTC: P0977/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 63 On/Off solenoid 2 system disconnection


INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300098

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 2 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid remains at 100 k or more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid current below 4 A is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–116 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–117

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0977/63

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S2)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


S2(+)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S2 (A3) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
SHTS042560300099
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S2 (A3) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–118 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


E(-)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
S2(+) Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
SHTS042560300100 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK (A) and (B)
(20 C {68 °F})
S2 (A22) terminal
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace or repair the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–119

DTC: P0979/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 64


EN01H04256030602010028

DTC: P0979/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 64 On/Off solenoid 3 system short circuit


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300101

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Short circuit has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 3 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The solenoid current remains at 4 A or more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid current below 4 A is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–120 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–121

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0979/64

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S3)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S3 (A9) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
S3(+)
Transmission
SHTS042560300102
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S3 (A9) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–122 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


S3(+) E(-)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
SHTS042560300103 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK (A) and (B)
(20 C {68 °F})
S3 (A3) terminal –
E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–123

DTC: P0980/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 64


EN01H04256030602010029

DTC: P0980/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 64 On/Off solenoid 3 system disconnection


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300104

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 3 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid remains at 100 k or more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid current below 4 A is detected.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–124 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–125

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0980/64

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S3)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S3 (A9) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
S3(+)
Transmission
SHTS042560300105
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S3 (A9) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the specified range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–126 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).


S3(+) E(-)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
SHTS042560300106 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK (A) and (B)
(20 C {68 °F})
S3 (A3) terminal –
E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–127

DTC: P0985/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 65


EN01H04256030602010030

DTC: P0985/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 65


On/Off solenoid 4 (for line pressure lock/gain change) system short circuit
INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300107

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Short circuit has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 4 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The solenoid current remains at 4 A or more.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–128 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock may be felt when shifting gears.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–129

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0985/65

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S4)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


S4(+)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S4 (A4) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
SHTS042560300108
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S4 (A4) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–130 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (B).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
E(-)
S4(+) Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (B) 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK
(20 C {68 °F})
SHTS042560300109
S4 (B19) terminal
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–131

DTC: P0986/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 65


EN01H04256030602010031

DTC: P0986/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 65


On/Off solenoid 4 (for line pressure lock/gain change) system disconnection
INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300110

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection has been detected in the ON/OFF solenoid 4 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid remains at 100 k or more.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–132 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Engine output is limited when the vehicle is started.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ON/OFF solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–133

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0986/65

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (S4)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


S4(+)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 transmission solenoid wire connector (A) S4 (A4) terminal and
12 11 10 9 8 7 GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
SHTS042560300111
solenoid wire con-
11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK nector (A)
(20 C {68 °F})
S4 (A4) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–134 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (B).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
E(-)
S4(+) AT ECU connec-
tor (B) 11 – 15 
Starter key: LOCK
(20 C {68 °F})
SHTS042560300112
S4 (B19) terminal
– E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the specified range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–135

DTC: P0A40/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88


EN01H04256030602010032

DTC: P0A40/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 Motor revolution failure


INFORMATION

20
Clutch ECU 19
25
21 15 ABS ECU
VCS ECU
AT ECU 20 To GROUND CIRCUIT
3
(CA2-)
2
(CA2+)

HV PCU

1
4
9
7
20
10
21
20

9 2 6 15 (CSL2)
9

7 18 19 18 19 48 8 10 24
(CA1-) (CA1-)
6 7 8 7 8 49 3 5 23
(CA1+) (CA1+)

J/C CAN2 J/C CAN1 J/C CAN2


13
(CSL4)
14 47 21
(CA2+)
Combination meter 13 46 22 (CA2-)

SHTS042560300113

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• No motor revolution pulse (CAN) signal is detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• During output rotation sensor pulse detection with a gear engaged, the state in which no motor revolution
pulse (CAN) is detected continues.

3. Reset condition
• The state in which no motor revolution pulse (CAN) signal is detected continues.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock is felt when shifting gears.
• The engine brake performance decreases.
• Idling stop does not start.
• During HV regeneration, the charging efficiency decreases.
4–136 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in HV ECU
• Abnormality in AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–137

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0A40/88

1 Inspecting the HV system [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Hybrid] and check that no


motor revolution signal-related DTC (see below) is detected.
• P0A1C, P0A40, P0A41, and P0A4F

SHTS042560300114

Is any motor revolution signal-related DTC (P0A1C, P0A40, P0A41, or P0A4F) detected from the
HV system?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that no CAN communication malfunction (U0100) is detected.

SHTS042560300115

Is any CAN communication-related malfunction (U0100) detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 3.


4–138 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the CAN bus line

1. Inspect the CAN bus line.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part. Go to step 4.

4 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the HV ECU.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the diagnostic tester, erase the malfunction history.

5. Start the engine and test-drive the vehicle.

6. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC P0A40 is not


detected.
SHTS042560300116

Is DTC P0A40 detected?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–139

DTC: P1604/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 24


EN01H04256030602010033

DTC: P1604/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 24


Fault in CAN communication data (Engine ECU)
INFORMATION

VCS ECU Engine ECU DCU

9
(CANN)

CAN H
CAN L

CAH 1
CAL 1
8
(CANP)
5
(CANL)

12
11
45
65
4
(CANH)

15
10
9
7
4
9
2 6
14

J/C CAN1(22P) 15 15
3

L 17 16 L 17 52 8 L 10 23
H 6 5 H 6 53 3 H 5 24

INST PANEL INST PANEL

1
J/C CAN 2 J/C CAN5 ENGINE No.1
15

13

16
4

No.1 W/H No.2 W/H W/H


J/C CAN1(10P)
2 6 14
(CSL1)
55 8 L 10 9
14

14
6

(CA1L)
54 3 H 5 8
CAN H
CAN L
CAN H
CAN L

(CA1H)
INST PANEL

1
4
9
7
ATM ECU No.1 W/H HV PCU
Diagnosis
connector
(DLC) 16
CAN H
26
CAN L
To GROUND
CIRCUIT ABS ECU

SHTS042560300117

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in data has been detected in CAN communication with engine ECU.
• If a torque-limiting malfunction occurs. (for hybrid vehicles only)

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• If the CAN signal from the engine ECU is abnormal.
• If an engine diagnosis signal (CAN signal transmitted when torque is limited) is received. (for hybrid vehicles
only)

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–140 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock is felt when shifting gears.
• The engine brake performance decreases.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the engine system
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
• Other torque-limiting malfunctions occur. (for hybrid vehicles only)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–141

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P1604/24

1 Check the diagnosis monitor code with the check AT indicator light

1. Check the diagnosis monitor code with the check AT indicator light.
Reference: TRANSMISSION, TROUBLESHOOTING, AUTO-
MATIC TRANSMISSION, INSPECTING/CLEARING DIAGNO-
SIS CODES, CHECKING DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODES WITH
THE CHECK AT INDICATOR LIGHT (Page 4-10)

Is diagnosis monitor code "24" detected?

YES NO

Go to step 2. Perform troubleshooting for DTC:


P1604 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 54

2 Inspecting the engine ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Engine] and check that no


accelerator pedal position sensor-related DTC (see below) is
detected.
• P2120, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128

4. On the diagnosis tester screen, select [Engine] and check pres-


ence of the DTC having torque limit. (for hybrid vehicle only)
Reference: ENGINE (J05E), TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
SHTS042560300118
ECU (J05E), DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) TABLE
(Page 2-21)

• Is any accelerator pedal position sensor-related DTC detected from engine ECU?
(P2120, P2122, P2123, P2127, or P2128)
• Are there any DTC having torque limit detected? (for hybrid vehicle only)

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 3.


4–142 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that no CAN communication malfunction (U0100) is detected.

SHTS042560300119

Is any CAN communication-related malfunction (U0100) detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 4.

4 Inspecting the CAN bus line

1. Inspect the CAN bus line.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part. Go to step 5.

5 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the AT ECU.

3. Start the engine and test-drive the vehicle.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC P1604 is not


detected.

SHTS042560300120

Is DTC P1604 detected?

YES NO

Replace the engine ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–143

DTC: P1604/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 54


EN01H04256030602010034

DTC: P1604/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 54


Abnormality in the exhaust brake actuation signal
INFORMATION

VCS ECU Engine ECU DCU

9
(CANN)

CAN H
CAN L

CAH 1
CAL 1
8
(CANP)
5
(CANL)

12
11
45
65
4
(CANH)

15
10
9
7
4
9
2 6
14

J/C CAN1(22P) 15 15
3

L 17 16 L 17 52 8 L 10 23
H 6 5 H 6 53 3 H 5 24

INST PANEL INST PANEL

1
J/C CAN 2 J/C CAN5 ENGINE No.1
15

13

16
4

No.1 W/H No.2 W/H W/H


J/C CAN1(10P)
2 6 14
(CSL1)
55 8 L 10 9
14

14
6

(CA1L)
54 3 H 5 8
CAN H
CAN L
CAN H
CAN L

(CA1H)
INST PANEL

1
4
9
7
ATM ECU No.1 W/H HV PCU
Diagnosis
connector
(DLC) 16
CAN H
26
CAN L
To GROUND
CIRCUIT ABS ECU

SHTS042560300121

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in exhaust brake operation signal has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• An exhaust brake cut request is made to the engine ECU but exhaust brake operation signal is detected.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–144 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock is felt when shifting gears.
• The engine brake performance decreases.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the engine system (exhaust brake)
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–145

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P1604/54

1 Check the diagnosis monitor code with the check AT indicator light

1. Check the diagnosis monitor code with the check AT indicator light.
Reference: TRANSMISSION, TROUBLESHOOTING, AUTO-
MATIC TRANSMISSION, INSPECTING/CLEARING DIAGNO-
SIS CODES, CHECKING DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODES WITH
THE CHECK AT INDICATOR LIGHT (Page 4-10)

Is diagnosis monitor code "54" detected?

YES NO

Go to step 2. Perform troubleshooting for DTC:


P1604 DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 24

2 Inspecting the engine ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Engine] and check that


exhaust brake system related DTC P1681 is not detected.

SHTS042560300122

Is any exhaust brake system related DTC, P1681, detected from the engine ECU?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 3.


4–146 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that no CAN communication malfunction (U0100) is detected.

SHTS042560300123

Is any CAN communication-related malfunction (U0100) detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 4.

4 Inspecting the CAN bus line

1. Inspect the CAN bus line.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part. Go to step 5.

5 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the AT ECU.

3. Start the engine and test-drive the vehicle.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC P1604 is not


detected.

SHTS042560300124

Is DTC P1604 detected?

YES NO

Replace the engine ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–147

DTC: P2545/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88


EN01H04256030602010035

DTC: P2545/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 Fault in CAN communication data (HV ECU)
INFORMATION

20
Clutch ECU 19
25
21 15 ABS ECU
VCS ECU
AT ECU 20 To GROUND CIRCUIT
3
(CA2-)
2
(CA2+)

HV PCU

1
4
9
7
20
10
21
20

9 2 6 15 (CSL2)
9

7 18 19 18 19 48 8 10 24 (CA1-)
(CA1-)
6 7 8 7 8 49 3 5 23
(CA1+) (CA1+)

J/C CAN2 J/C CAN1 J/C CAN2


13
(CSL4)
14 47 21
(CA2+)
Combination meter 13 46 22
(CA2-)

SHTS042560300125

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Abnormality in data has been detected in CAN communication with the HV ECU.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Abnormality in HV ECU communication data remains.

3. Reset condition
• After the communication data with the HV ECU returns to normal

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock is felt when shifting gears.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.
4–148 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in HV ECU
• Abnormality in AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–149

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P2545/88

1 Inspecting the HV system [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Hybrid] and check that no


DTC is detected.

SHTS042560300126

Is any DTC detected from the HV system?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that no CAN communication malfunction (U0100) is detected.

SHTS042560300127

Is any CAN communication-related malfunction (U0100) detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 3.


4–150 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the CAN bus line

1. Inspect the CAN bus line.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part. Go to step 4.

4 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the AT ECU.

3. Start the engine and test-drive the vehicle.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that DTC P2545 is not


detected.

SHTS042560300128

Is DTC P2545 detected?

YES NO

Replace the HV ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–151

DTC: P2716/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 28


EN01H04256030602010036

DTC: P2716/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 28 Abnormality in linear solenoid 4


INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300129

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the linear solenoid 4 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid remains at 100 k or more.
• The solenoid current remains at 4 A or more.

3. Reset condition
• After return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
4–152 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock is felt when shifting gears.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
• Abnormality in the AT linear solenoid
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–153

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P2716/28

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (SL4)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SL4-(-)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


6 5 4 3 2 1 terminals of the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).
12 11 10 9 8 7

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SL4+(+) Transmission
solenoid wire con-
5.0 – 6.0 
SHTS042560300130
nector (A)
Starter key: LOCK
SL4+ (A11) termi- (20 C {68 °F})
nal –
SL4- (A5) terminal

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (A) SL4+ (A11) terminal and
GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
solenoid wire con-
Starter key: LOCK nector (A) 10 k or more
SL4+ (A11) termi-
nal – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–154 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (A).

2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SL4-(-)

SL4+(+) Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SHTS042560300131 5.0 – 6.0 
Starter key: LOCK SL4+ (A30) termi-
(20 C {68 °F})
nal – SL4- (A31)
terminal

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SL4+ (A30) termi-
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
nal – GND
SL4- (A31) termi-
nal – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–155

DTC: P2740/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 17


EN01H04256030602010037

DTC: P2740/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 17


Oil temperature sensor failure (torque convertor outlet)
INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H


No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
28 18 4
(E2)
2
16 16 15 1 Oil temperature sensor
(OIL2)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300132

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• The torque converter oil temperature is not detected normally.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the oil temperature sensor remains at 469 k or more or below 196 .

3. Reset condition
• The resistance across the oil temperature sensor remains at 196 ? or more or below 469 k.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine brake performance decreases.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–156 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the oil temperature sensor
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–157

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P2740/17

1 Inspecting the oil temperature sensor 2 connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the temperature sensor 2


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the temperature sensor 2

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Remove the temperature sensor 2.


1 2
3. Add Toyota genuine automatic transmission fluid Type T-IV to the
reservoir until the sensing part of the temperature sensor 2 is
immersed in the fluid.

4. While heating the fluid, using the electrical tester, measure the
resistance between the terminals of the temperature sensor 2.

! CAUTION
SHTS042560300133 Do not heat the fluid too much. Too hot fluid causes a fire.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

115 C {239 F}


: 657 – 727 
Temperature sen- 120 C {248 F}
sor 2 : 585 – 647 
Starter key: LOCK
#1 terminal – 145 C {293 F}
#2 terminal : 339 – 375 
155 C {311 F}
: 278 – 308 

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the temperature sensor 2.


4–158 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the wire harness of the temperature sensor 2 for disconnection

1. Install the temperature sensor 2 and connect the connector.

2. Disconnect the AT ECU connectors (A) and (B).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.
HINT
Normal if the resistance remains between 196  and 469 k
regardless of the temperature.
E2(-) OIL2(+)

Measurement Tester
SHTS042560300134 Standard values
conditions connections

115 C {239 F}


Vehicle-side AT : 657 – 727 
ECU connectors 120 C {248 F}
(A) and (B) : 585 – 647 
Starter key: LOCK
OIL2 (B16) termi- 145 C {293 F}
nal – : 339 – 375 
E2 (A28) terminal 155 C {311 F}
: 278 – 308 

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Repair or replace the wire harness.

4 Inspecting the wire harness of the temperature sensor 2 for short circuit

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connectors
(A) and (B)
E2(-) OIL2(+) Starter key: LOCK OIL2 (B16) termi- 10 k or more
nal – GND
E2 (A28) terminal
SHTS042560300135
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–159

DTC: P2757/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 33


EN01H04256030602010038

DTC: P2757/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 33 Control valve 3 system failure


INFORMATION

AT ECU INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6 (PSW8)
(TPS8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300136

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the control valve 3 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• While the control valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
• While the control valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", all of the following conditions are met:
.

1. The oil pressure switch 6, which turns ON when in the reverse gear and in neutral, is ON.
2. While the control valve is operating, the oil pressure switch turned ON is detected.
3. While the control valve is not operating, the oil pressure switch turned OFF is detected.
4–160 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT control valve
• Abnormality in the AT oil pressure switch
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–161

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P2757/33

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that a DTC other than


P2757/Diagnosis monitor code 33 (see below) is not detected.
• P2759/27

SHTS042560300137

Is any DTC other than P2757/33 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 3.


Repair it if necessary.
4–162 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting power supply to the transmission solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


CONNECTOR B
TPS7 2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

1 2 3 4 5 4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the vehi-
6 7 8 9 10 cle-side transmission solenoid wire connector (B) TPS7 (B1) ter-
minal and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
SHTS042560300138 conditions connections

Vehicle-side trans-
mission solenoid
Starter key: ON 10 – 16 V
wire connector (B)
TPS7 (B1) – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–163

4 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (pressure switch)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).


TPS7(+) E(-)

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS042560300139
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: ON ECU connectors
(A) and (B)

P position TPS7 (A10) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 10 – 16 V
7: OFF) E (B8) terminal

5. Start the engine.

6. Using the electrical tester, measure the voltage between the termi-
nals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
While the engine
ECU connectors
is idling
(A) and (B)

R position TPS7 (A10) termi-


(Pressure switch nal – 0–3V
7: ON) E (B8) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Replace the automatic transmission.


(Pressure switch malfunction)
4–164 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P2759/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 27


EN01H04256030602010039

DTC: P2759/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 27 Abnormality in linear solenoid 3


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300140

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the linear solenoid 3 system.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the solenoid remains at 100 k or more. Or the solenoid current remains at 4 A or
more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the solenoid resistance is detected to be less than 100 k and the
solenoid current to be less than 4A.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–165

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shifting gears is not possible, and the transmission is fixed in a forward gear.
• Idling stop does not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in the AT linear solenoid
• Abnormality in the AT ECU
4–166 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P2759/27

1 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire (SL3)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SL3+(+)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


5 4 3 2 1 terminals of the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).
10 9 8 7 6
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SL3-(-) Transmission
solenoid wire con-
5.0 – 6.0 
SHTS042560300141
nector (B)
Starter key: LOCK
SL3+ (B4) termi- (20 C {68 °F})
nal –
SL3- (B9) terminal

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


transmission solenoid wire connector (B) SL3+ (B4) terminal and
GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Transmission
solenoid wire con-
Starter key: LOCK nector (B) 10 k or more
SL3+ (B4) termi-
nal – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the automatic transmission.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–167

3 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire harness

1. Connect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).


SL3+(+) SL3-(-)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (A).

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


terminals of the vehicle-side AT ECU connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SHTS042560300142 5.0 – 6.0 
Starter key: LOCK SL3+ (A5) termi-
(20 C {68 °F})
nal – SL3- (A15)
terminal

4. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (A)
SL3+ (A5) termi-
Starter key: LOCK 10 k or more
nal – GND
SL3- (A15) termi-
nal – GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. Repair or replace the wire harness.


(Between the AT ECU and transmission sole-
noid wire)
4–168 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P2764/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 36


EN01H04256030602010040

DTC: P2764/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 36 Abnormal lock-up


INFORMATION

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM T/M W/H Transmission solenoid
AT ECU No.1 W/H No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
31 19 21 5
(SL4-) (SL4-)
30 20 20 11
(SL4+) (SL4+)
19 15 17 4
(S4) (S4)
3 16 16 9
(S3) (S3)
22 17 14 3
(S2) (S2)
1 18 13 10
(S1) (S1)
8 14 18 12
(SL2+) (SL2+)
9 13 19 6
(SL2-) (SL2-)
6 11 18 1 (SL3+)
(TPS1)
17 10 19 7 (SL3-)
(TPS2)
12 9 20 8
(TPS3)
16 8 1 2
(TPS6)
5 7 10 4 (PSW1)
(SL3+)
15 6 11 9 (PSW2)
(SL3-) (PSW3)
5 5 21 7
(TPS4) (PSW4)
11 4 22 2 (PSW5)
(TPS5)
10 22 2 1 (PSW6)
(TPS7) (PSW7)
26 21 3 6
(TPS8) (PSW8)
6 20 6 10
(SL1-) (SL1-)
7 19 5 5
(SL1+) (SL1+)
28 18 4 8
(E2) (E2)
15 17 3 3
(OIL) (ATF+)
17 19
(GND)
8 20 J/C5
(E)

SHTS042560300143

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• An abnormality has been detected in the lockup clutch.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• After lockup, the difference between the engine speed and turbine revolution remains at 200 r/min or more.

3. Reset condition
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK" and "ON", the difference between the engine speed and turbine revolution is
less than 200 r/min with lockup ON.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–169

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The engine brake does not work.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Abnormality in AT
• Abnormality in AT ECU
4–170 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P2764/36

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P2764/Diagnosis monitor code 36 (see below).
• P2759/27

SHTS042560300144

Is any DTC other than P2764/36 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the transmission solenoid wire connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the transmission solenoid wire


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 3.


Repair it if necessary.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–171

3 Inspecting the operation of the transmission solenoid (SL3)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


SL3+(+)
2. Disconnect the transmission solenoid wire connector (B).

3. Connect the positive terminal of the battery (12 V) to the transmis-


5 4 3 2 1 sion solenoid wire connector (B) SL3+ (B4) terminal, and the neg-
ative terminal to the SL3- (B9) terminal.
10 9 8 7 6

4. Check that the valve in the solenoid operates normally.


NOTICE
SL3-(-) Use a 12-V battery.
SHTS042560300145
5. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
transmission solenoid wire connector (B) SL3+ (B4) terminal and
SL3- (B9) terminal.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

When the battery


Transmission
is connected
solenoid wire con-
: Operating sound
nector (B)
Starter key: LOCK is heard.
SL3+ (B4) termi-
Resistance
nal –
: 5.0 – 6.0 
SL3- (B9) terminal
(20 C {68 °F})

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace the automatic transmission.

4 Inspecting the torque converter

1. Inspect the torque converter. For details, refer to the "Service Man-
ual: Transmission."

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Replace the torque converter. Replace the automatic transmission.


4–172 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: U0100/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88


EN01H04256030602010041

DTC: U0100/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88 Engine ECU CAN communication blackout


INFORMATION

20
Clutch ECU 19
25
21 15 ABS ECU
VCS ECU
AT ECU 20 To GROUND CIRCUIT
3
(CA2-)
2
(CA2+)

HV PCU

1
4
9
7
20
10
21
20

2 6 15 (CSL2)
9

7 18 19 18 19 48 8 10 24 (CA1-)
(CA1-)
6 7 8 7 8 49 3 5 23
(CA1+) (CA1+)

J/C CAN2 J/C CAN1 J/C CAN2


13
(CSL4)
14 47 21
(CA2+)
Combination meter 13 46 22
(CA2-)

SHTS042560300146

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• CAN communication blackout has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Abnormality in communication with the engine ECU remains.

3. Reset condition
• The vehicle is stopped, and after communication with the engine ECU returns to normal.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Shock may be felt when shifting gears.
• The engine brake performance decreases.
• Idling stop may not start. (For hybrid vehicles only)

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–173

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Engine ECU malfunction
• AT ECU malfunction
4–174 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: U0100/88

1 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that multiple CAN communication malfunctions (U0100 and
U110A) are not detected.

SHTS042560300147

Are multiple CAN communication-related malfunctions (U0100 and U110A) detected?

YES NO

For diesel vehicle Go to step 2.


• Refer to the "CONTROL CAN COMMUNI-
CATION LINE (DIESEL)" in the chapter
"CONTROL SYSTEM".

For hybrid vehicle


• Refer to the "CONTROL CAN COMMUNI-
CATION LINE (HYBRID)" in the chapter
"CONTROL SYSTEM".

2 Inspecting the connector

1. Check the connector connections of the joint connector J/C_CAN2


(22P) and VCS ECU (improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part, and then Connect the connector firmly and go to step
go to step 3. 3.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–175

3 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. On the diagnostic tester screen, read DTC.

SHTS042560300148

Is DTC U0100 detected?

YES NO

Go to step 4. The inspection is finished.

4 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN H line between the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


VCS ECU J/C_CAN2 (22P)
CA1+ 2. Disconnect the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P) connectors.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
1213141516 17 1819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
vehicle-side VCS ECU connector CA1+ (6) terminal and J/
C_CAN2 (22P) connector #7 terminal.
#7

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side VCS
SHTS042560300149
connector –
J/C_CAN2 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CA1+ (6) terminal
– #7 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN H line between the VCS ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.
4–176 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN L line between the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


VCS ECU J/C_CAN2 (22P) vehicle-side VCS ECU connector #24 (CA1-) terminal and J/
CA1- C_CAN2 (22P) connector #10 terminal.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1213141516 17 1819202122 Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
#18 Vehicle-side VCS
ECU connector –
J/C_CAN2 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CA1- (7) terminal –
SHTS042560300150
#18 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN L line between the VCS ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.

6 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN H line between the AT ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (B).


AT ECU CAN+ J/C_CAN2 (22P)
2. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
vehicle-side AT ECU connector (B) CAN+ (B20) terminal and J/
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 C_CAN2 (22P) connector #9 terminal.
8 9 101112131415 16 1213141516 17 1819202122
17 18 19 20 21 222324
#9
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
connector (B) –
J/C_CAN2 (22P)
SHTS042560300151 Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CAN+ (B20) termi-
nal – #9 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 7. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN H line between the AT ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–177

7 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN L line between the AT ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


AT ECU J/C_CAN2 (22P) vehicle-side AT ECU connector (B) CAN- (B21) terminal and J/
CAN-
C_CAN2 (22P) connector #20 terminal.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
8 9 101112131415 16 1213141516 17 1819202122 Measurement Tester
17 18 19 20 21 222324 Standard values
conditions connections
#20
Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (B)
– J/C_CAN2 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CAN- (B21) termi-
SHTS042560300152
nal – #20 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 8. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN L line between the AT ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.

8 Reading DTC 3 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P) connectors.

2. Replace the AT ECU.

3. Start the engine and test-drive the vehicle.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, read detected DTC.

SHTS042560300153

Is DTC U0100 detected?

YES NO

Replace the VCS ECU. The inspection is finished.


4–178 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: U110A/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88


EN01H04256030602010042

DTC: U110A/DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE: 88


Vehicle control ECU CAN communication blackout
INFORMATION

20
Clutch ECU 19
25
VCS ECU 21 15 ABS ECU
AT ECU 20 To GROUND CIRCUIT
3
(CA2-)
2
(CA2+)

HV PCU

1
4
9
7
20
10
21
20

2 6 15 (CSL2)
9

7 18 19 18 19 48 8 10 24 (CA1-)
(CA1-)
6 7 8 7 8 49 3 5 23
(CA1+) (CA1+)

J/C CAN2 J/C CAN1 J/C CAN2


13
(CSL4)
14 47 21
(CA2+)
Combination meter 13 46 22
(CA2-)

SHTS042560300154

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• CAN communication with the vehicle control (VCS) ECU was interrupted.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Abnormality in communication with the VCS ECU remains.

3. Reset condition
• The vehicle is stopped, and after communication with the VCS ECU returns to normal.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Cruise control cannot be used.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–179

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• VCS ECU malfunction
• AT ECU malfunction
4–180 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: U110A/88

1 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that multiple CAN communication malfunctions (U0100 and
U110A) are not detected.

SHTS042560300155

Are multiple CAN communication-related malfunctions (U0100 and U110A) detected?

YES NO

For diesel vehicle Go to step 2.


• Refer to the "CONTROL CAN COMMUNI-
CATION LINE (DIESEL)" in the chapter
"CONTROL SYSTEM".

For hybrid vehicle


• Refer to the "CONTROL CAN COMMUNI-
CATION LINE (HYBRID)" in the chapter
"CONTROL SYSTEM".

2 Inspecting the connector

1. Check the connector connections of the joint connector J/C_CAN2


(22P) and VCS ECU (improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part, and then Connect the connector firmly and go to step
go to step 3. 3.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–181

3 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. On the diagnostic tester screen, read detected DTC.

SHTS042560300156

Is DTC U110A detected?

YES NO

Go to step 4. The inspection is finished.

4 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN H line between the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


VCS ECU J/C_CAN2 (22P)
CA1+ 2. Disconnect the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P) connectors.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
1213141516 17 1819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
vehicle-side VCS ECU connector CA1+ (6) terminal and J/
C_CAN2 (22P) connector #7 terminal.
#7

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side VCS
SHTS042560300157
connector –
J/C_CAN2 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CA1+ (6) terminal
– #7 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN H line between the VCS ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.
4–182 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN L line between the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


VCS ECU J/C_CAN2 (22P) vehicle-side VCS ECU connector CA1-(7) terminal and J/C_CAN2
CA1- (22P) connector #18 terminal.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1213141516 17 1819202122 Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
#18 Vehicle-side VCS
ECU connector –
J/C_CAN2 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CA1- (7) terminal –
SHTS042560300158
#18 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN L line between the VCS ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.

6 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN H line between the AT ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Disconnect the AT ECU connector (B).


AT ECU CAN+ J/C_CAN2 (22P)
2. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
vehicle-side AT ECU connector (B) CAN+ (B20) terminal and J/
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 C_CAN2 (22P) connector #9 terminal.
8 9 101112131415 16 1213141516 17 1819202122
17 18 19 20 21 222324
#9
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector (B)
– J/C_CAN2 (22P)
SHTS042560300159 Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CAN+ (B20) termi-
nal – #9 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 7. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN H line between the AT ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–183

7 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN L line between the AT ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P)

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


AT ECU J/C_CAN2 (22P) vehicle-side AT ECU connector (B) CAN- (B21) terminal and J/
CAN-
C_CAN2 (22P) connector #20 terminal.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
8 9 101112131415 16 1213141516 17 1819202122 Measurement Tester
17 18 19 20 21 222324 Standard values
conditions connections
#20
Vehicle-side AT
connector (B) –
J/C_CAN2 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
CAN- (B21) termi-
SHTS042560300160
nal – #20 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 8. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN L line between the AT ECU and J/
C_CAN2 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.

8 Reading DTC 3 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the VCS ECU and J/C_CAN2 (22P) connectors.

2. Replace the AT ECU.

3. Start the engine and test-drive the vehicle.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, read DTC.

SHTS042560300161

Is DTC U110A detected?

YES NO

Replace the VCS ECU. The inspection is finished.

TRANSMISSION
4-001
4–184 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING

CLUTCH ECU

SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM


EN01H04ZZZ030602020001

MAIN POWER
FUSE +B
KEY RELAY
KEY SWITCH SIGNAL
FUSE IGSW
KEY
SWITCH
FUSE

GND

EOP RELAY EOP FOR TCM


DSW AT ECU
FUSE CONTROL
PERMISSION
SIGNAL

POWER
GND ATOP

CLUTCH
ECU
DRIVE SIGNAL
DRIVE SIGNAL ATDR
CLDR (PWM)
CLUTCH (PWM) AT ELECTRIC
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
M OIL PUMP STATUS SIGNAL
DRIVER STATUS SIGNAL ATST
CLST (PWM)
(PWM)

CLUTCH ELECTRIC GND


OIL PUMP
GND

PWM
MV+
CLUTCH SOLENOID
MV- CAN H

CAN L
HV ECU
CN 2H
TMP+
CLUTCH OIL CN 2L
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR TMP-
ATM ECU
GND

GND

SHTS04ZZZ0300001
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–185

COMPUTER PIN ASSIGNMENT


EN01H04ZZZ030602020002

CONTROL COMPUTER
ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
VIEW
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
VEHICLE HARNESS

SHTS04ZZZ0300002

No. Code Signal name No. Code Signal name

1 — — 21 — —

Electric oil pump power supply enable sig-


2 DSW 22 — —
nal

3 — — 23 — —

4 TMP- Oil sensor - 24 — —

5 TMP+ Oil sensor + 25 — —

6 — — 26 — —

7 ATDR AT electric oil pump drive signal 27 — —

8 CLDR Clutch electric oil pump drive signal 28 — —

9 — — 29 — —

10 ATST AT electric oil pump driver status 30 — —

11 CLST Clutch electric oil pump driver status 31 — —

12 — — 32 — —

13 — — 33 — —

14 — — 34 — —

15 — — 35 — —

16 CN 2H CAN communication 2 (Hi) 36 — —

17 CN 2L CAN communication 2 (Lo) 37 — —

18 — — 38 — —

19 CANH CAN communication (Hi) 39 — —

20 CANL CAN communication (Lo) 40 — —


4–186 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

CONTROL COMPUTER
ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR B

1 2 3 4

8 9 10 VIEW
5 6 7
VEHICLE HARNESS

SHTS04ZZZ0300003

No. Code Signal name No. Code Signal name

1 — — 6 — —

2 IGSW IG SW 7 +B +B

3 MV- Linear solenoid drive signal (-) 8 — —

4 GND GND 9 MV+ Linear solenoid drive signal (+)

5 ATOP AT electric oil pump power supply 10 — —


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–187

DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE


EN01H04ZZZ030602020003

Diagnosis
DTC code Inspection item
monitor code *

P0560 9C (HV ECU) Failure in +B power supply

P0563 9D (HV ECU) Sticking of clutch ECU power supply

P0710 9C (HV ECU) Abnormal clutch oil temperature sensor

P0775 9C (HV ECU) Abnormal clutch solenoid

P0811 9C (HV ECU) Abnormal front clutch slip

P081E 9C (HV ECU) HV damper wear

P0883 9D (HV ECU) Sticking of clutch ECU key switch signal

P0942 9C (HV ECU) Abnormal clutch electric oil pump

P1538 88 (AT ECU) Abnormal AT electric oil pump power supply

P1539 88 (AT ECU) Low voltage of AT electric oil pump power supply

P191A 9C (HV ECU) Abnormal clutch revolution adjustment

P2859 9C (HV ECU) Abnormal front clutch disengagement

P3156 88 (AT ECU) Abnormal AT electric oil pump

The AT ECU outputs. Abnormal interruption of AT electric oil pump power


P3157 88 (AT ECU)
supply

88 (AT ECU),
U0101 AT ECU CAN communication blackout
9C (HV ECU)

CAN communication blackout between the clutch ECU and HV ECU/VCS


U0293 88 (AT ECU)
ECU

*: "Diagnosis monitor code" is output from the HV ECU or AT ECU instead.


4–188 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTIONS ON HV DAMPER REPLACEMENT


EN01H04ZZZ030602020004

The wear condition of the HV damper is determined based on start count. For this reason, the start count of the clutch
ECU must be reset using the HINO DX Ⅱ .

1. AFTER REPLACEMENT, START THE HINO DX Ⅱ AND RESET THE 4 START COUNTS BELOW USING THE CUS-
TOMIZATION FUNCTION.
HINT
Batch writing from the HINO DX Ⅱ is not available. They must be written one by one (HINO DX Ⅱ specification).
(1) Start count of low temperature MG
(2) Start count of room temperature MG
(3) Start count of low temperature starter
(4) Start count of room temperature starter
- Normal CAN communication between the clutch ECU and HV ECU (The value, start count, is displayed.)

㪈㪇㪇㪇 㪈㪇㪇㪇
㪉㪇㪇㪇 㪉㪇㪇㪇
㪊㪇㪇㪇 㪊㪇㪇㪇
㪋㪇㪇㪇 㪋㪇㪇㪇

SHTS04ZZZ0300004

• Range of display values


Start count of low temperature MG: 0-6553400
Start count of room temperature MG: 0-6553400
Start count of low temperature starter: 0-409500
Start count of room temperature starter: 0-409500
• Range of writable values
Start count of low temperature MG: 0-6553400
Start count of room temperature MG: 0-6553400
Start count of low temperature starter: 0-409500
Start count of room temperature starter: 0-409500
HINT
Ones and tens digits are invalid in writing. (A value is written with its ones and tens digits rounded down.)
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–189

DTC: P0560
EN01H04ZZZ030602020005

DTC: P0560: Failure in +B power supply


INFORMATION

ENGINE ROOM No.1 W/H INST PANEL No.1 W/H


R/B Clutch ECU
F CLUTCH ECU 15A
9 7
(+B)

SHTS04ZZZ0300005

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• A low +B power supply voltage has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The +B power supply voltage is 6.1 V or less.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON. Or the +B power supply voltage is 7.4 V or more.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe function)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–190 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Clutch ECU malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–191

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0560

1 Inspecting the fuse

1. Check the [CLUTCH ECU 15A] fuse for a broken filament or


improper fitting.

15A

SHTS04ZZZ0300006

Is any defect found?

YES NO

• If a broken fuse is found, replace the fuse. Connect the fuse firmly and go to step 2.
• If no problem is found with the fuse,
inspect the circuits in the upstream of the
fuse.

2 Inspecting the clutch ECU power supply circuit

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

BODY GND 2. Disconnect all the clutch ECU connectors.

3. Measure the voltage between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connec-


tor (10P) +B (#7) terminal and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
SHTS04ZZZ0300007 Starter key: LOCK nector (10P) 7.4 V or more
+B (#7) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Inspect the clutch ECU wire harness (from


the fuse to the ECU).
Repair or replace it if necessary.
4–192 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0560 is not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300008

Is DTC P0560 detected?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–193

DTC: P0563
EN01H04ZZZ030602020006

DTC: P0563: Sticking of clutch ECU power supply


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• The clutch ECU internal power supply FET stuck ON is detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• After the starter key is turned "LOCK", the self-holding power supply remains ON for 60 seconds.
• The DTC is determined when the starter key is turned "ON" next.

3. Reset condition
• The self-holding power supply is not detected for 60 seconds.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The battery may go flat.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• The clutch ECU internal power supply FET gets stuck ON.
4–194 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0563

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0563 is not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300009

Is DTC P0563 detected?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–195

DTC: P0710
EN01H04ZZZ030602020007

DTC: P0710: Abnormal clutch oil temperature sensor


INFORMATION

INST PANEL No.1 W/H ENGINE ROOM No.1 W/H TM W/H

4 40 14 6
(TMP-)
5 39 15 3
(TMP+)

M/G Clutch
Clutch ECU temperature sensor

SHTS04ZZZ0300010

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Malfunction has been detected in the oil temperature sensor in the front module.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The resistance across the oil temperature sensor remains above 242 k or below 0.01 k for 10 seconds.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON
• The resistance across the oil temperature sensor remains at 0.14 k or more or at 132 k or less for 10 seconds.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–196 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Oil temperature sensor malfunction
• Clutch ECU malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–197

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0710

1 Inspecting the clutch oil temperature sensor connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the clutch oil temperature sen-


sor (improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the clutch oil temperature sensor

1. Inspect the installation of the clutch oil temperature sensor.

2. Check the sensing part of the clutch oil temperature sensor for dirt,
clogging, or damage.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Clean the sensing part and install it correctly. Go to step 3.


If damage is found, replace the sensor.
4–198 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the clutch oil temperature sensor

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the clutch oil temperature sensor connector.

3. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the clutch oil


temperature sensor connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Clutch oil temper-


ature sensor
SHTS04ZZZ0300011 – CTP+ (#3) termi- 0.01 – 242 k
nal –
CTP- (#6) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace the clutch oil temperature sensor.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–199

4 Inspecting the clutch oil temperature sensor wire harness

1. Disconnect the clutch ECU connector (40P).

2. Measure the resistance between the vehicle-side clutch ECU con-


nector (40P) and clutch oil temperature sensor terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (40P) –
Clutch oil temper-
ature sensor
– TMP- (#4) terminal 1  or less
– CTP- (#6) termi-
nal
TMP+ (#5) terminal
– CTP+ (#3) termi-
nal

SHTS04ZZZ0300012

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Repair or replace the wire harness between


the clutch oil temperature sensor and clutch
ECU.

5 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Warm up the engine. (Coolant temperature: 80 C {176 F} or


more)

2. Stop the engine and turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

3. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

4. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0710 is detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300013

Is DTC P0710 detected?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. The inspection is finished.


4–200 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P0775
EN01H04ZZZ030602020008

DTC: P0775: Abnormal clutch solenoid


INFORMATION

INST PANEL No.1 W/H ENGINE ROOM No.1 W/H TM W/H

3 38 4 1
(MV-)

9 37 3 2
(MV+)

Clutch ECU Clutch solenoid

SHTS04ZZZ0300014

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Malfunction has been detected in the solenoid for switching the oil passage in the front module.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The solenoid current monitor remains at 0.8 A or more and the indicated voltage remains at duty 0% for 200
ms. Or the solenoid current monitor remains below 0.3 A and the indicated voltage remains at duty 100% for
200 ms.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–201

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Solenoid malfunction
• Clutch ECU malfunction
4–202 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0775

1 Inspecting the clutch solenoid connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the clutch solenoid (improper


fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the clutch solenoid

1. Inspect the installation of the clutch solenoid.

2. Check the sensing part of the clutch solenoid for dirt, clogging, or
damage.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Clean the vent part and install it correctly. Go to step 3.


If damage is found, replace the sensor.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–203

3 Inspecting the clutch solenoid

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the clutch solenoid connector.

3. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the clutch sole-


noid connector.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Clutch solenoid
20 C {68 F}
– MV- (#1) terminal –
6.7 – 7.7 
SHTS04ZZZ0300015 MV+ (#2) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Replace the clutch solenoid.


4–204 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4 Inspecting the clutch solenoid wire harness

1. Disconnect the clutch ECU connector (10P).

2. Measure the resistance between the vehicle-side clutch ECU con-


nector (10P) and clutch solenoid terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (10P) –
Clutch solenoid
– MV- (#3) terminal – 1  or less
MV- (#1) terminal
MV+ (#9) terminal
– MV+ (#2) termi-
nal

SHTS04ZZZ0300016

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Repair or replace the wire harness between


the clutch solenoid and clutch ECU.

5 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Warm up the engine. (Coolant temperature: 80 C {176 F} or


more)

2. Stop the engine and turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

3. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

4. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0775 is not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300017

Is DTC P0775 detected?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–205

DTC: P0811
EN01H04ZZZ030602020009

DTC: P0811: Abnormal front clutch slip


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• The wet-type multi-plate clutch in the front module slip is detected while it is engaged.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Engagement control (clutch engagement control)
The difference between the engine speed and motor revolution remains at 50 r/min or more for 10 seconds.
The above state occurs three times successively in one trip.
• Clutch engagement hold control
The difference between the engine speed and motor revolution remains at 200 r/min or more for 10 seconds.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Mechanical malfunction of the wet-type multi-plate clutch in the front module
4–206 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0811

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0811 is not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300018

Is DTC P0811 detected?

YES NO

Inspect the front clutch. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–207

DTC: P081E
EN01H04ZZZ030602020010

DTC: P081E: HV damper wear


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• A worn hybrid damper friction material has been detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The number of engine starts exceeds the set value.
It is determined that the hybrid damper wear limit is reached when the wear on the hybrid damper limiter (fric-
tion material) due to resonance at the engine start exceeds the threshold value.

3. Reset condition
• Clear the number of engine starts.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Continued use of the vehicle prevents power transmission.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• The number of engine starts exceeds the theoretical limit and the damper friction material is worn out.
4–208 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P081E

1 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P081E is not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300019

Is DTC P081E detected?

YES NO

• Inspect the HV damper. The inspection is finished.


Refer to the "Transmission/Troubleshooting/
Clutch ECU/Precautions for Replacing HV
Damper (p.4 to 81)"
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–209

DTC: P0883
EN01H04ZZZ030602020011

DTC: P0883: Sticking of clutch ECU key switch signal


INFORMATION

J/B

22 1 F ECU IG No.2 10A

18 2
(IGSW)
J/C F ECU IG2
Clutch ECU

SHTS04ZZZ0300020

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• The clutch ECU starter key signal stuck on is detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
The following conditions are detected for 60 seconds:
• CAN communication is interrupted.
• The signal from the power oil pump of the wet-type multi-plate clutch in the front module is interrupted.
• The oil temperature sensor in the front module does not have a broken wire.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• The battery may go flat.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• The clutch ECU starter key signal is stuck ON.
4–210 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0883

1 Inspecting the IG1-3 relay

1. Inspect the connection of the IG1-3 relay (in the J/B) (improper fit-
ting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Go to step 2.


Repair it if necessary.

2 Inspecting the IG1-3 relay (single unit inspection)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Remove the IG1-3 relay.

3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


IG1-3 relay terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Between the IG1-3 1: 320 



1 2 relay terminals 2:  
SHTS04ZZZ0300021

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Replace the IG1-3 relay.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–211

3 Inspecting the fuse

1. Check the [ECU-IG No.2] fuse for a broken filament or improper fit-
Fuse alignment (J/B) ting.

H-LP RH LO
H-LP LH LO

WASHER
MIR HTR
SPARE

WIPER
RADIO

DOME
HORN
TAIL

DRL

HAZ
CIG

A/C
IG1

D/L
SPARE ECU-IG No.1

ECU-IG No.2
H-LP RH HI
H-LP LH HI

SPARE

HTR-RR

SRS-IG
GAUGE

P/W RR
SPARE

ECU-B
VCS-B

STOP
ACC

AM1

AM2
SPARE P/W

ECU-IG No.2
(10A)

SHTS04ZZZ0300022

Is any defect found?

YES NO

If a broken fuse is found, replace the fuse. Connect the fuse firmly and go to step 4.

4 Inspecting the clutch ECU power supply circuit

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

BODY GND 2. Disconnect all the clutch ECU connectors.

3. Measure the voltage between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connec-


tor (10P) IGSW (#2) terminal and GND.

4. Turn the starter key ON and measure the voltage.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS04ZZZ0300023 Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con- Starter key
Starter key:
nector (10P) • LOCK: 0 V
LOCK/ON
IGSW (#2) terminal • ON: 8 – 16 V
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Inspect the clutch ECU wire harness


(from the fuse to the ECU).
Repair or replace it if necessary.
4–212 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5 Reading DTC [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P0883 is not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300024

Is DTC P0883 detected?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–213

DTC: P0942
EN01H04ZZZ030602020012

DTC: P0942: Abnormal clutch electric oil pump


INFORMATION

ENGINE ROOM ENGINE ROOM RELAY W/H


No.1 W/H No.3 W/H
R/B Option relay
MF CLT E-OP 30A 3 5
16 7
1 2
To GROUND CIRCUIT
17 11

INST PANEL ENGINE ROOM


No.1 W/H No.1 W/H
Clutch ECU Clutch EOP

1
11 36 3 7 6 2
(CLST)
8 35 2 6 7 1
(CLDR)
5 8 3

J/C EARTH RB 1 Clutch EOP driver


10 21

To GROUND CIRCUIT

SHTS04ZZZ0300025

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Malfunction has been detected in the power oil pump (EOP) for the wet-type multi-plate clutch in the front module.
• The power supply relay (option relay) of the clutch power oil pump stuck ON is detected.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The status signal (pulse signal) from the clutch power oil pump driver remains in an abnormal state for 60 ms.
• When the starter key is turned "ON" and "LOCK", the clutch power oil pump status in a normal state is
detected successively for 1 second.
The DTC is detected at the time of next start-up if either of above condition is met.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and after the starter key is turned "LOCK"

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
4–214 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
• The battery may go flat.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Clutch power oil pump malfunction
• Clutch power oil pump power supply relay (option relay) stuck ON
• Clutch ECU malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–215

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P0942

1 Inspecting the connector

1. Inspect the connector connections of the clutch power oil pump


and driver (improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 2.


After connecting (repairing) the connector,
go to step 14.

2 Inspecting the fuse

1. Check the [CLT_E-OP 30A] fuse for a broken filament or improper


fitting.

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


After connecting (repairing) the connector,
go to step 14.

3 Inspecting the power supply relay of the clutch power oil pump (option relay)

1. Inspect the connections of the power supply relay (option relay) of


the clutch power oil pump (damage or improper fitting or connec-
tion).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 4.


After connecting (repairing) the connector,
go to step 14.
4–216 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

4 Inspecting the clutch power oil pump wire harness

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the clutch power oil pump driver and clutch power oil
pump connectors.

3. Inspect continuity between the vehicle-side clutch power oil pump


driver connector (8P) and vehicle-side clutch power oil pump con-
nector terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch power oil
pump driver con-
nector (8P) – Vehi-
cle-side clutch
power oil pump
Starter key: LOCK connector With continuity
U (#7) terminal –
U (#2) terminal
V (#6) terminal –
V (#1) terminal
W (#5) terminal –
W (#3) terminal

SHTS04ZZZ0300026

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Repair or replace the wire harness.(Between


the clutch power oil pump driver and clutch
power oil pump)
After repairing or replacing it, go to step 14.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–217

5 Inspecting the clutch power oil pump driver wire harness

1. Disconnect the clutch ECU connector (40P).

2. Inspect continuity between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connector


(40P) and vehicle-side clutch power oil pump driver connector (8P)
terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (40P) –
Vehicle-side
clutch power oil
pump driver con-
Starter key: LOCK nector (8P) With continuity
CLST (#11) termi-
nal –
OPST (#3) terminal
CLDR (#8) termi-
nal –
SIG (#2) terminal

SHTS04ZZZ0300027

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Replace or repair the wire harness.(Between


the clutch ECU and clutch power oil pump
driver)
After repairing or replacing it, go to step 14.
4–218 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

6 Inspecting the clutch power oil pump driver GND circuit

1. Inspect continuity between the vehicle-side clutch power oil pump


driver connector (8P) GND (#4) terminal and GND.

BODY GND
Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch power oil
pump driver con-
Starter key: LOCK With continuity
nector (8P)
GND (#4) terminal
– GND
SHTS04ZZZ0300028

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 7. Replace or repair the wire harness.


(Clutch power oil pump driver GND circuit)
After repairing or replacing it, go to step 14.

7 Inspecting the power supply circuit of the clutch power oil pump driver

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Measure the voltage between the vehicle-side clutch power oil


BODY GND
pump driver connector (8P) +B (#1) terminal and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch power oil
pump driver con-
Starter key: ON 8 – 16 V
nector (8P)
SHTS04ZZZ0300029 +B (#1) terminal –
GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 8. Clutch power oil pump driver power supply


circuit
Replace or repair the fuse or wire harness.
After repairing or replacing it, go to step 14.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–219

8 Checking the clutch power oil pump condition 1-1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the clutch power oil pump, clutch power oil pump driver,
and clutch ECU connectors.

3. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

4. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for HV regenera-
tion] to check the status value.
SHTS04ZZZ0300030

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
displayed.):
• 6 (Abnormality
The status of the
Starter key: ON in low voltage or
electric oil pump
(The engine does over voltage)
for HV regenera-
not start.) • 7 (Abnormality
tion
in power supply
voltage, current
A/D, or overcur-
rent)

Is the displayed status value "6" or "7"?

YES NO

Replace the clutch power oil pump driver. Go to step 9.


After replacing it, go to step 14.
4–220 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

9 Checking the clutch power oil pump condition 1-2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for HV regenera-
tion] to check the status value.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
The status of the displayed.):
Starter key: ON
electric oil pump • 4 (Abnormality
(The engine does
for HV regenera- in signal input)
SHTS04ZZZ0300031 not start.)
tion • 9 (Uncertain CL-
EOP status sig-
nal)

Is the displayed status value "4" or "9"?

YES NO

Go to step 13. Go to step 10.

10 Checking the clutch power oil pump condition 2-1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for HV regeneration] to per-
form the active test.

2. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for HV regeneration].

3. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for HV regeneration].

Measurement
SHTS04ZZZ0300032 Measured item Standard values
conditions

The status of the


Starter key: ON
electric oil pump Status value:
(The engine does
for HV regenera- 5 (idling, lock)
not start.)
tion

Is the displayed status value "5"?

YES NO

Replace the clutch power oil pump. Go to step 11.


After replacing it, go to step 14.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–221

11 Checking the clutch power oil pump condition 2-2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for HV regeneration] to per-
form the active test.

2. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for HV regeneration].

3. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for HV regeneration].

Measurement
SHTS04ZZZ0300033 Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value:
The status of the
Starter key: ON 7 (Abnormality in
electric oil pump
(The engine does voltage, current,
for HV regenera-
not start.) or A/D, or overcur-
tion
rent)

Is the displayed status value "7"?

YES NO

Replace the clutch power oil pump driver. Go to step 12.


After replacing it, go to step 14.
4–222 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

12 Checking the clutch power oil pump condition 2-3 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for HV regeneration] to per-
form the active test.

2. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for HV regeneration].

3. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for HV regeneration].

Measurement
SHTS04ZZZ0300034 Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
The status of the displayed.):
Starter key: ON
electric oil pump • 3 (The motor is
(The engine does
for HV regenera- rotating nor-
not start.)
tion mally.)
• 1 (Low voltage
is detected.)

Is the displayed status value "1" or "3"?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Go to step 13.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–223

13 Replacing the clutch power oil pump driver [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the clutch power oil pump with a new one.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for HV regeneration] to per-
form the active test.

5. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
SHTS04ZZZ0300035 on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for HV regeneration].

6. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for HV regeneration].

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
displayed.):
The status of the
Starter key: ON • 3 (The motor is
electric oil pump
(The engine does rotating nor-
for HV regenera-
not start.) mally.)
tion
• 1 (Low voltage
is being
detected.)

Is the displayed status value "1" or "3"?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Replace the clutch ECU.


After replacing it, go to step 14.
4–224 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

14 Checking after repair or replacement [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for HV regeneration] to per-
form the active test.

3. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for HV regeneration].

4. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for HV regeneration].
SHTS04ZZZ0300036

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
displayed.):
The status of the
Starter key: ON • 3 (The motor is
electric oil pump
(The engine does rotating nor-
for HV regenera-
not start.) mally.)
tion
• 1 (Low voltage
is being
detected.)

Is the displayed status value "1" or "3"?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Go back to step 1 and perform the inspection


again.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–225

DTC: P1538
EN01H04ZZZ030602020013

DTC: P1538: Abnormal AT electric oil pump power supply


INFORMATION

INST PANEL No.1 W/H ENGINE ROOM No.1 W/H TM W/H


Clutch ECU ATM EOP
10 34 2 2 1
(ATST)
7 33 1 3
(ATDR)
5 8 8 4
(ATOP)

Z18
T/M EARTH

SHTS04ZZZ0300037

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Disconnection or short circuit malfunction has been detected in the idling stop power oil pump (AT power oil pump)
power supply.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The idling stop power oil pump does not turn on or remains on.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• A force may be applied to the forward gear in P, R, or N range.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–226 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Clutch ECU malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–227

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P1538

1 Inspecting the battery voltage

1. Check the battery voltage.


Standard values: 10.5 V or more

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 2. Charge or replace the battery.


After changing or replacing it, go to step 10.

2 Inspecting the AT power oil pump connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the AT power oil pump


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


After connecting (repairing) the connector,
go to step 10.
4–228 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the AT power oil pump wire harness

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the clutch ECU connectors (10P) and (40P) and AT


power oil pump connectors.

3. Inspect continuity between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connector


(10P) and (40P) and vehicle-side AT power oil pump connector ter-
minals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (10P) –
Vehicle-side AT
power oil pump
connector
ATOP (#5) terminal
– +B (#4) terminal
Starter key: LOCK With continuity
Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (40P) –
SHTS04ZZZ0300038
Vehicle-side AT
power oil pump
connector
ATST (#10) termi-
nal –
STAT (#2) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Repair or replace the wire harness.


After repairing or replacing it, go to step 10.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–229

4 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the clutch ECU connectors (10P) and (40P) and AT


power oil pump connector.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Shift the shift lever to the P range.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop] to
check the power supply voltage value and power supply enabling
SHTS04ZZZ0300039
signal value.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Power supply volt-


Starter key: ON
age value: 7.4 V or
(The engine does The status of the
more
not start.) electric oil pump
Power supply
Shift lever: for idle stop
enabling signal
P range
value: 0 (OFF)

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. Go to step 5.


After replacing it, go to step 10.
4–230 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 2-1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

2. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop] to
check the power supply voltage value and power supply enabling
signal value.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Power supply volt-


Starter key: ON
age value:
(The engine does The status of the
SHTS04ZZZ0300040 Less than 7.4 V
not start.) electric oil pump
Power supply
Shift lever: for idle stop
enabling signal
D range
value: 1 (ON)

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. Go to step 6.


After replacing it, go to step 10.

6 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 2-2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop] to
check the status value.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Starter key: ON Status value: 7


(The engine does The status of the (Abnormality in
not start.) electric oil pump voltage, current,
Shift lever: for idle stop or A/D, or overcur-
D range rent)
SHTS04ZZZ0300041

Is the displayed status value "7"?

YES NO

Replace the AT power oil pump. Go to step 7.


After replacing it, go to step 10.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–231

7 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 2-3 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop] to
check the status value.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
displayed.):
Starter key: ON • 4 (Abnormality
(The engine does The status of the in input signal)
SHTS04ZZZ0300042
not start.) electric oil pump • 8 (AT-EOP
Shift lever: for idle stop power OFF sta-
D range tus)
• 9 (Uncertain AT-
EOP status sig-
nal)

Is the displayed status value "4," "8," or "9"?

YES NO

Go to step 9. Go to step 8.
4–232 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 3 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform the
active test.

2. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop].

3. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for idle stop].

Measurement
SHTS04ZZZ0300043 Measured item Standard values
conditions

Starter key: ON
(The engine does The status of the Status value: 3
not start.) electric oil pump (The motor is
Shift lever: for idle stop rotating normally.)
D range

Is the displayed status value "3"?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Go to step 9.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–233

9 Replacing the AT power oil pump [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the AT power oil pump with a new one.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform the
active test.
SHTS04ZZZ0300044
6. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value and
power supply voltage on the [The status of the electric oil pump for
idle stop].

7. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for idle stop].

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Status value: 3
Starter key: ON
(The motor is
(The engine does The status of the
rotating normally.)
not start.) electric oil pump
Power supply volt-
Shift lever: for idle stop
age:
D range
7.4 V or more

Is the displayed status value "3", and is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Replace the clutch ECU.


After replacing it, go to step 10.
4–234 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

10 Checking after repair or replacement [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform the
active test.

4. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value and
power supply voltage on the [The status of the electric oil pump for
idle stop].
SHTS04ZZZ0300045

5. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for idle stop].

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Status value: 3
Starter key: ON
(The motor is
(The engine does The status of the
rotating normally.)
not start.) electric oil pump
Power supply volt-
Shift lever: for idle stop
age:
D range
7.4 V or more

Is the displayed status value "3," and is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Go back to step 1 and perform the inspection


again.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–235

DTC: P1539
EN01H04ZZZ030602020014

DTC: P1539: Low voltage of AT electric oil pump power supply


INFORMATION

INST PANEL No.1 W/H ENGINE ROOM No.1 W/H TM W/H


Clutch ECU ATM EOP
10 34 2 2 1
(ATST)
7 33 1 3
(ATDR)
5 8 8 4
(ATOP)

Z18
T/M EARTH

SHTS04ZZZ0300046

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Low power supply voltage has been detected in the idling stop power oil pump (AT power oil pump).

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The clutch ECU has detected that the battery voltage is 9.0 V or less. Or that the idling stop power oil pump
voltage is 6.96 V or less.

3. Reset condition
• The clutch ECU detects that the battery voltage is 9.5 V or more. And that the idling stop power oil pump voltage is
7.62 V or less.

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
4–236 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Low battery voltage
• Clutch ECU malfunction
• Temporary PWM signal disturbance due to noise
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–237

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P1539

1 Inspecting the battery voltage

1. Inspect the battery voltage.


Standard values: 10.5 V or more

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 2. Charge or replace the battery.


After changing or replacing it, go to step 10.

2 Inspecting the AT power oil pump connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the AT power oil pump


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 3.


After connecting (repairing) the connector,
go to step 7.
4–238 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Inspecting the AT power oil pump wire harness

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the clutch ECU connectors (10P) and (40P) and AT


power oil pump connectors.

3. Inspect continuity between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connector


(10P) and (40P) and vehicle-side AT power oil pump connector ter-
minals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (10P) –
Vehicle-side AT
power oil pump
connector
ATOP (#5) terminal
– +B (#4) terminal
Starter key: LOCK With continuity
Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (40P) –
SHTS04ZZZ0300047
Vehicle-side AT
power oil pump
connector
ATST (#10) termi-
nal –
STAT (#2) terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 4. Repair or replace the wire harness.


After repairing or replacing it, go to step 7.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–239

4 Checking the power supply voltage [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the clutch ECU connectors (10P) and (40P) and AT


power oil pump connector.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] to check the power supply voltage.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions
SHTS04ZZZ0300048

Power supply volt-


Starter key: ON
age of the electric
(The engine does 6.6 V or less
oil pump for idling
not start.)
stop

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. Go to step 5.


After replacing it, go to step 7.

5 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 1-1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

2. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [Power supply voltage of the electric oil pump for
idling stop] to check the power supply voltage.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Starter key: ON
Power supply volt-
(The engine does Power supply volt-
age of the electric
not start.) age:
oil pump for idling
SHTS04ZZZ0300049 Shift lever: 7.4 V or more
stop
D range

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Replace the clutch ECU.


After replacing it, go to step 7.
4–240 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

6 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 1-2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop] to
check the status value.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Starter key: ON
(The engine does The status of the Status value: 6
not start.) electric oil pump (Abnormality in
Shift lever: for idle stop low voltage)
D range
SHTS04ZZZ0300050

Is the displayed status value "6"?

YES NO

Replace the AT power oil pump. The inspection is finished.


After replacing it, go to step 7.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–241

7 Checking after repair or replacement [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform the
active test.

4. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value and
power supply voltage on [Electric oil pump for idle stop].
SHTS04ZZZ0300051
5. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for idle stop].

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value: 3
Starter key: ON
(The motor is
(The engine does
Electric oil pump rotating normally.)
not start.)
for idle stop Power supply volt-
Shift lever:
age:
D range
7.4 V or more

Is the displayed status value "3," and is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Go back to step 1 and perform the inspection


again.
4–242 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P191A
EN01H04ZZZ030602020015

DTC: P191A: Abnormal clutch revolution adjustment


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• The wet-type multi-plate clutch in the front module cannot be engaged.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Engagement control (clutch engagement control)
The difference between the engine speed and motor revolution is below the lower threshold value.
Or the difference between the engine speed and motor revolution remains at or above the upper threshold
value for 10 seconds.
The DTC is determined when the above state occurs three times successively in one trip.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Clutch ECU malfunction
• Motor system malfunction
• Engine system malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–243

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P191A

1 Inspecting the engine and HV motor system

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Erase the malfunction history.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, check that P191A is not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300052

Is DTC P191A detected?

YES NO

Inspect the engine and HV motor system. The inspection is finished.


4–244 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P2859
EN01H04ZZZ030602020016

DTC: P2859: Abnormal front clutch disengagement


INFORMATION

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Malfunction has been detected in the wet-type multi-plate clutch in the front module when it is disengaged.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• At the time of clutch disengagement control
The motor revolution is 1,300 r/min or more, and the difference between the motor revolution and engine
speed remains below 100 r/min for 4.8 seconds: The DTC is determined when this state occurs three times
successively in one trip.
• Clutch disengagement hold control
The motor revolution is 1,300 r/min or more, and the difference between the motor revolution and engine
speed remains below 50 r/min for 1.5 seconds: The DTC is determined when this state occurs three times
successively in one trip.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
• The battery may go flat.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Mechanical malfunction of the wet-type multi-plate clutch in the front module
• Clutch ECU malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–245

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P2859

1 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. On the diagnostic tester screen, check for a DTC other than


P2859.

SHTS04ZZZ0300053

Is any DTC other than P2859 detected?

YES NO

Perform troubleshooting for related DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Using the diagnostic tester, erase the malfunction history.

2. After test-driving the vehicle, check for DTC again. (Operate the
clutch twice or more.)

SHTS04ZZZ0300054

Is DTC P2859 detected?

YES NO

Replace the front clutch. The inspection is finished.


4–246 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P3156
EN01H04ZZZ030602020017

DTC: P3156: Abnormal AT electric oil pump


INFORMATION

INST PANEL No.1 W/H ENGINE ROOM No.1 W/H TM W/H


Clutch ECU ATM EOP
10 34 2 2 1
(ATST)
7 33 1 3
(ATDR)
5 8 8 4
(ATOP)

Z18
T/M EARTH

SHTS04ZZZ0300055

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Malfunction has been detected in the idling stop power oil pump.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• The clutch ECU has received a malfunction signal from the idling stop power oil pump.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• A force may be applied to the forward gear in P, R, or N range.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–247

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Idling stop power oil pump malfunction
• Clutch ECU malfunction
• Temporary PWM signal disturbance due to noise
4–248 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3156

1 Inspecting the AT power oil pump connector

1. Inspect the connector connection of the AT power oil pump


(improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Connect it firmly. Repair it if necessary. Go to step 2.


After connecting (repairing) the connector,
go to step 8.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–249

2 Inspecting the AT power oil pump wire harness

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the clutch ECU connectors (10P) and (40P) and AT


power oil pump connectors.

3. Inspect continuity between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connector


(10P) and (40P) and vehicle-side AT power oil pump connector ter-
minals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (40P) –
Vehicle-side AT
power oil pump
connector
ATDR (#7) terminal
– SIG (#3) terminal
ATST (#10) termi-
nal –
Starter key: LOCK With continuity
STAT (#2) terminal

Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
nector (10P) –
Vehicle-side AT
power oil pump
connector
ATOP (#5) terminal
– +B (#4) terminal

SHTS04ZZZ0300056

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 3. Repair or replace the wire harness.


After repairing or replacing it, go to step 8.
4–250 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 1-1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the clutch ECU connectors (10P) and (40P) and AT


power oil pump connector.

2. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop] to
check the status value.
SHTS04ZZZ0300057

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
displayed.):
• 2 (The motor is
started.)
• 3 (The motor is
Starter key: ON revolving nor-
(The engine does The status of the mally.)
not start.) electric oil pump • 5 (Start failure
Shift lever: for idle stop or step-out)
D range • 6 (Abnormality
in low voltage)
• 7 (Abnormality
in power supply
voltage, cur-
rent, or A/D, or
overcurrent)

Is the displayed status value "2," "3," "5," "6," or "7"?

YES NO

Replace the AT power oil pump. Go to step 4.


After replacing it, go to step 8.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–251

4 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 1-2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Active


test] and then [The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop] to
check the status value.

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
displayed.):
Starter key: ON • 4 (Abnormality
(The engine does The status of the in input signal)
SHTS04ZZZ0300058
not start.) electric oil pump • 8 (AT-EOP
Shift lever: for idle stop power OFF sta-
D range tus)
• 9 (Uncertain AT-
EOP status sig-
nal)

Is the displayed status value "4," "8," or "9"?

YES NO

Go to step 7. Go to step 5.
4–252 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 2-1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform the
active test.

2. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop].

3. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for idle stop].

Measurement
SHTS04ZZZ0300059 Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value (Any


of the following is
displayed.):
• 1 (The motor is
stopped nor-
Starter key: ON mally.)
(The engine does The status of the • 5 (Start failure
not start.) electric oil pump or step-out)
Shift lever: for idle stop • 6 (Abnormality
D range in low voltage)
• 7 (Abnormality
in power supply
voltage, cur-
rent, or A/D, or
overcurrent)

Is the displayed status value "1," "5," "6," or "7"?

YES NO

Replace the AT power oil pump. Go to step 6.


After replacing it, go to step 8.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–253

6 Checking the AT power oil pump condition 2-2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform the
active test.

2. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value on the
[The status of the electric oil pump for idle stop].

3. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [Electric oil
pump for idle stop].

Measurement
SHTS04ZZZ0300060 Measured item Standard values
conditions

Starter key: ON
Status value: 3
(The engine does The status of the
(The motor is
not start.) electric oil pump
revolving nor-
Shift lever: for idle stop
mally.)
D range

Is the displayed status value "3"?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Go to step 7.


4–254 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

7 Replacing the AT power oil pump [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Replace the AT power oil pump with a new one.

3. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

4. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

5. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform an
active test.
SHTS04ZZZ0300061
6. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value and
power supply voltage on [Electric oil pump for idle stop].

7. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [AT Power
Oil Pump].

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value: 3
Starter key: ON (The motor is
(The engine does revolving nor-
Electric oil pump
not start.) mally.)
for idle stop
Shift lever: Power supply volt-
D range age:
7.4 V or more

Is the displayed status valve "3", and is the measure value within the standard range?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Replace the clutch ECU.


After replacing it, go to step 8.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–255

8 Checking after repair or replacement [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. Shift the shift lever to the D range.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Data monitor and Activa-


tion test] and then [Electric oil pump for idle stop] to perform an
active test.

4. During active test execution, select [Data monitor and Active test]
on the diagnostic tester screen and check the status value and
power supply voltage on [Electric oil pump for idle stop].
SHTS04ZZZ0300062
5. After inspection, stop the execution of the active test on [AT Power
Oil Pump].

Measurement
Measured item Standard values
conditions

Status value: 3
Starter key: ON (The motor is
(The engine does revolving nor-
Electric oil pump
not start.) mally.)
for idle stop
Shift lever: Power supply volt-
D range age:
7.4 V or more

Is the displayed status value "3," and is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

The inspection is finished. Go back to step 1 and perform the inspection


again.
4–256 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: P3157
EN01H04ZZZ030602020018

DTC: P3157:
The AT ECU outputs. Abnormal interruption of AT electric oil pump power supply
INFORMATION

ATM ECU Clutch ECU


2 2
(DSW)

SHTS04ZZZ0300063

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• Malfunction has been detected in the idling stop power oil pump power cutoff function by AT ECU.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• In the forward range, the idling stop power oil pump does not turn on.
• In a range other than the forward ranges, the idling stop power oil pump does not turn off.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• A force may be applied to the forward gear in P, R, or N range.

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–257

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Clutch ECU malfunction
• AT ECU malfunction
• Temporary PWM signal disturbance due to noise
4–258 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: P3157

1 Reading DTC (AT ECU) [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Transmission] and check


that malfunction (DTC) is detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300064

Is any malfunction (DTC) detected by the AT ECU?

YES NO

Troubleshoot the AT system for each DTC. Go to step 2.

2 Inspecting the clutch ECU wire harness

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.

2. Disconnect the clutch ECU connector (40P) and AT ECU connec-


tor.

3. Inspect continuity between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connector


(40P) and vehicle-side AT ECU connector terminals.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side
SHTS04ZZZ0300065 clutch ECU con-
nector (40P) –
Vehicle-side AT
Starter key: LOCK With continuity
ECU connector
DSW (#2) terminal
– EOP (#2) termi-
nal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 2. Abnormality in the wire harness or connector


between the clutch ECU and AT ECU
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–259

3 Inspecting the clutch ECU signal

1. Connect the clutch ECU connector (40P) and AT ECU connector.

BODY GND 2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. Move the shift lever to the P position.

4. Measure the voltage between the vehicle-side clutch ECU connec-


tor (40P) DSW (#2) terminal and GND.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections
SHTS04ZZZ0300066 Vehicle-side
clutch ECU con-
Starter key: ON nector (40P) 10 V or more
DSW (#2) terminal
– GND

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Replace the clutch ECU. Replace the AT ECU.


4–260 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

DTC: U0101
EN01H04ZZZ030602020019

DTC: U0101: AT ECU CAN communication blackout


INFORMATION

20
Clutch ECU 19
25
21 15 ABS ECU
VCS ECU
AT ECU 20 To GROUND CIRCUIT
3
(CA2-)
2
(CA2+)

HV PCU

1
4
9
7
20
10
21
20

2 6 15 (CSL2)
9

7 18 19 18 19 48 8 10 24
(CA1-) (CA1-)
6 7 8 7 8 49 3 5 23
(CA1+) (CA1+)

J/C CAN2 J/C CAN1 J/C CAN2


13
(CSL4)
14 47 21
(CA2+)
Combination meter 13 46 22 (CA2-)

SHTS04ZZZ0300067

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• CAN communication blackout has been detected with the AT ECU.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Communication blackout between the clutch ECU and AT ECU remains.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• HV warning light: ON
• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–261

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Clutch ECU malfunction
• AT ECU malfunction
4–262 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: U0101

1 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Clutch] and check that


multiple CAN communication malfunctions (U0101 and U0293)
are not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300068

Are multiple CAN communication-related malfunctions (U0101 and U0293) detected?

YES NO

Refer to the "CONTROL CAN COMMUNICA- Go to step 2.


TION LINE (HYBRID)" in the chapter "CON-
TROL SYSTEM".

2 Inspecting the connector

1. Check the connector connections of the joint connector J/C_CAN1


(22P) and AT ECU (improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part, and then Connect the connector firmly and go to step
go to step 3. 3.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–263

3 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Clutch] and read the


detected DTC.

SHTS04ZZZ0300069

Is DTC U0101 detected?

YES NO

Go to step 4. The inspection is finished.

4 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN+ line between the AT ECU and J/C_CAN1 (22P)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


ATM ECU #20 J/C_CAN1 (22P)
2. Disconnect the AT ECU and J/C_CAN1 (22P) connectors.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
8 9 101112131415 16 1213141516 17 1819202122 3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
17 18 19 20 21 222324 vehicle-side AT ECU connector #20 (CA1+) terminal and J/
#9
C_CAN1 (22P) connector #9 terminal.

Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side AT
SHTS04ZZZ0300070 ECU connector –
J/C_CAN1 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
#20 (CA1+) termi-
nal – #9 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN+ line between the AT ECU and J/
C_CAN1 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.
4–264 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

5 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN- line between the AT ECU and J/C_CAN1 (22P)

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


ATM ECU J/C_CAN1 (22P) vehicle-side AT ECU connector #21 (CA1-) terminal and J/
#21
C_CAN1 (22P) connector #20 terminal.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011
8 9 101112131415 16 1213141516 17 1819202122 Measurement Tester
17 18 19 20 21 222324 Standard values
conditions connections
#20
Vehicle-side AT
ECU connector –
J/C_CAN1 (22P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
#21 (CA1-) termi-
SHTS04ZZZ0300071
nal – #20 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN- line between the AT ECU and J/
C_CAN1 (22P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.

6 Inspecting the AT ECU [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the AT ECU and J/C_CAN1 (22P) connectors.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Clutch] and read the


detected DTC.

SHTS04ZZZ0300072

Is DTC U0101 detected?

YES NO

Replace the AT ECU. The inspection is finished.


TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–265

DTC: U0293
EN01H04ZZZ030602020020

DTC: U0293: CAN communication blackout between the clutch ECU and HV ECU/VCS ECU
INFORMATION

20
Clutch ECU 19
25
21 15 ABS ECU
VCS ECU
AT ECU 20 To GROUND CIRCUIT
3
(CA2-)
2
(CA2+)

HV PCU

1
4
9
7
20
10
21
20

9 2 6 15 (CSL2)
9

7 18 19 18 19 48 8 10 24
(CA1-) (CA1-)
6 7 8 7 8 49 3 5 23
(CA1+) (CA1+)

J/C CAN2 J/C CAN1 J/C CAN2


13
(CSL4)
14 47 21
(CA2+)
Combination meter 13 46 22 (CA2-)

SHTS04ZZZ0300073

1. Technical description
• –

<Description of malfunction>
• CAN communication blackout has been detected with the HV ECU.

2. DTC set condition


(1) DTC detection condition
• Starter key: ON
(2) Judgement criteria
• Communication blackout between the clutch ECU and HV ECU remains.

3. Reset condition
• Return to normal and starter key LOCK/ON

4. Indication, warning or system control regulation when the DTC is set.


• Check AT indicator light: Blink

5. Symptoms on the vehicle when the DTC is set

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to backup control (fail safe)>


• –

<Symptoms on the vehicle due to malfunction>


• Idling stop does not start.
• When malfunction occurs during idling stop, a shock may occur when the engine is started.
• Because the regeneration function stops working, the feeling of deceleration decreases when the vehicle deceler-
ates.
4–266 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Pre-inspection work
• Check the battery voltage to check if it is normal.

7. After-inspection work
• Clear the stored DTC.
• Check that no DTC is detected after test-driving the vehicle.

8. Estimated failure factors


• Wire harness disconnection or short circuit
• Improper connector connection or fitting
• Clutch ECU malfunction
• HV ECU malfunction
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–267

INSPECTION PROCEDURE: U0293

1 Reading DTC 1 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the diagnostic tester (HINO DX Ⅱ ) to the vehicle.


2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Clutch] and check that


multiple CAN communication malfunctions (U0101 and U0293)
are not detected.

SHTS04ZZZ0300074

Are multiple CAN communication-related malfunctions (U0101 and U0293) detected?

YES NO

Refer to the "CONTROL CAN COMMUNICA- Go to step 2.


TION LINE (HYBRID)" in the chapter "CON-
TROL SYSTEM".

2 Inspecting the connector

1. Check the connector connections of the joint connector J/C_CAN2


(10P) and HV PCU (improper fitting or connection).

Is any defect found?

YES NO

Repair or replace the defective part, and then Connect the connector firmly and go to step
go to step 3. 3.
4–268 TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING

3 Reading DTC 2 [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

2. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Clutch] and read the


detected DTC.

SHTS04ZZZ0300075

Is DTC U0293 detected?

YES NO

Go to step 4. The inspection is finished.

4 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN+ line between the HV PCU and J/C_CAN2 (10P)

1. Turn the starter key to the "LOCK" position.


HV PCU J/C_CAN2 (10P)
#23
2. Disconnect the HV PCU and J/C_CAN2 (10P) connectors.
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2
16 17
101112131415
18192021222324 1 2 3 4 5
3. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the
6 7 8 9 10 vehicle-side HV PCU connector #23 (CA1+) terminal and J/
C_CAN2 (10P) connector #5 terminal.

#5 Measurement Tester
Standard values
conditions connections

Vehicle-side HV
SHTS04ZZZ0300076 PCU connector –
J/C_CAN2 (10P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
#23 (CA1+) termi-
nal – #5 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 5. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN+ line between the HV PCU and J/
C_CAN2 (10P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.
TRANSMISSION/TROUBLESHOOTING 4–269

5 Inspecting the wire harness: CAN- line between the HV PCU and J/C_CAN2 (10P)

1. Using the electrical tester, measure the resistance between the


HV PCU J/C_CAN2 (10P) vehicle-side HV PCU connector #24 (CA1-) terminal and J/
#24 C_CAN2 (10P) connector #10 terminal.
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2
101112131415
16 17 1 2 3 4 5 Measurement Tester
18192021222324
Standard values
6 7 8 9 10 conditions connections

Vehicle-side HV
PCU connector –
#10 J/C_CAN2 (10P)
Starter key: LOCK Less than 1 
connector
#24 (CA1-) termi-
SHTS04ZZZ0300077
nal – #10 terminal

Is the measured value within the standard range?

YES NO

Go to step 6. Disconnection or continuity failure in the


CAN- line between the HV PCU and J/
C_CAN2 (10P)
Repair or replace the wire harness.

6 Inspecting the HV system [HINO DX Ⅱ ]

1. Connect the HV PCU and J/C_CAN2 (10P) connectors.

2. Turn the starter key to the "ON" position.

3. On the diagnostic tester screen, select [Clutch] and read the


detected DTC.

SHTS04ZZZ0300078

Is DTC U0293 detected?

YES NO

Inspect the HV system. The inspection is finished.


AXLE 7–1

AXLE
7-001

TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................... 7-2


TROUBLE SHOOTING BY AXLE SYMPTOM.............7-2
FRONT AXLE..........................................................7-2
REAR AXLE ............................................................7-3
WHEEL AND TIRE..................................................7-3
7–2 AXLE/TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLE SHOOTING BY AXLE SYMPTOM

FRONT AXLE
EN01H07ZZZ030601001001

Symptom Possible cause Action


Shimmy of steering wheel Worn-out king pin Replace king pin.
Excessive clearance between king pin Replace king pin bushing.
and king pin bushing.
Seizure, wear-out, or defective rotation Replacement
of wheel hub bearing
Improper wheel alignment Adjustment
Imbalance of tire inflation pressure Adjustment
Loosening of tie rod arm and tie rod Retighten
end installation castle nut
Partial wear of front tire Replace and inspect the wheel align-
ment.
Heavy steering or poor return of Less clearance between king pin and Replace king pin bushing.
steering wheel to center king pin bushing
Seizure of thrust bearing Replacing the thrust bearing
Decrease in tire air pressure Adjustment
Improper wheel alignment Adjustment
Lack of lubrication in king pin Lubrication
Unable to turn steering wheel Improper adjustment of steering angle Adjust the steering angle.
Bent tie rod Replacement
Steering wheel veered towards one Difference in size between right and Match the tire size.
side left tires
Significant difference in outer diameter Match the outer diameter of the tires.
between right and left tires
Imbalance of tire inflation pressure Adjustment
between right and left tires
Improper wheel alignment Adjustment
Partial wear or early wear-out of Improper wheel alignment Adjustment
front tire Difference in size or type between Match the size or type of the tires.
right and left tires
Improper tire inflation pressure in right Adjustment
and left tires
Improper handling of tires Rotate the tires.
AXLE/TROUBLESHOOTING 7–3

REAR AXLE
EN01H07ZZZ030601001002

Symptom Possible cause Action


Abnormal noise goes out. Worn-out of spline part of axle shaft. Replacement
Worn-out of wheel hub bearing Replacement
Defective wheel hub bearing rotational Adjustment
torque and starting torque

WHEEL AND TIRE


EN01H07ZZZ030601001003

Symptom Possible cause Action


Outer side of tire treads are worn- Tire air pressure is low. Adjust proper tire air pressure.
out early. Improper wheel alignment Correction
Center part of tire tread is worn-out Tire air pressure is too high. Adjust proper tire air pressure.
early.
Abnormal wear-out of tire. Improper wheel alignment Correction
Improper tire air pressure Adjust proper tire air pressure.
Using improper rim Use proper rim.
Fault in shock absorber Replacement
Loosening, worn-out and damage of Inspection and correction or replace-
steering wheel link, joint, suspension, ment
bushings and ball joints
Abnormal rotation of wheel Tires hold stone or foreign matter. Remove
(vibration of vehicle, shimmy steer- Balance is defective of tire, wheel hub Measure, adjust or replace.
ing wheel) or brake drum.
[Disc wheel]
Abnormal rotation of wheel Loosening and worn-out of driving sys- Vibration can occur not necessarily at
(vibration of vehicle, shimmy steer- tem and suspension system the defective site causing the problem.
ing wheel) Inspect the site thoroughly and replace
[Vehicle] the defective components.
Wobbling Bent or deformation of disc wheel Replace disc wheel.
(vibration of vehicle, shimmy steer- Loosening of installation part or dam- Replace defective components and
ing wheel) age of wheel bolt and wheel nut clean installation surface.
[Disc wheel]
Wear and damage in wheel bolt hole Replace defective components and
and hub wheel installation surface, or clean installation surface.
foreign matter jammed in the installa-
tion surface
Wobbling Improper wheel alignment Correction
(vibration of vehicle, shimmy steer- Loosening, worn-out or damage of Repair or replacement
ing wheel) suspension system
[Vehicle]
Damage of bolt hole of disc wheel Not enough or excessive of wheel nut Replace the wheel.
tightening torque
Crack or damage of wheel bolt Replacement
Worn-out of surface of wheel hub Replacement
Crack or damage of wheel hub Replacement
Slipping between rim and tire Poor maintenance Maintain
Rust and corrosion in bead seat area Repair or replacement
Not enough tire air pressure Adjust proper tire air pressure.
7–4 AXLE/TROUBLESHOOTING

Symptom Possible cause Action


Difficult to install tire Size difference between tire and disc Use proper tire and disc wheel.
wheel
Corrosion or dirt Correction or replacement
Damage of wheel bolt Not enough or excessive of wheel nut Replace and tighten with specified
tightening torque torque.
Damage of screw thread of wheel Excessive of wheel nut tightening Replace and tighten with specified
bolt torque torque.
Rust from bolt hole of wheel Loosening of wheel nut Replace rusted parts and tighten with
specified torque.
Damage of wheel nut Not enough or excessive of wheel nut Replace and tighten with specified
tightening torque torque.
Adhesion of wheel nut Corrosion or damage Replace the wheel nut and bolt (if it is
due to salt damage, clean regularly).
DIFFERENTIAL 8–1

DIFFERENTIAL
8

8-001

TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................... 8-2


TROUBLE SHOOTING BY DIFFERENTIAL
SYMPTOM....................................................................8-2
REAR DIFFERENTIAL............................................8-2
8–2 DIFFERENTIAL/TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLESHOOTING

TROUBLE SHOOTING BY DIFFERENTIAL SYMPTOM

REAR DIFFERENTIAL
EN01H08ZZZ030601001001

Symptom Possible cause Action


Abnormal noise goes out (bearing). Wear-out or damage of drive pinion Replacement
bearing
Wear-out or damage of side bearing Replacement
Defective drive pinion bearing preload Adjustment
Defective side bearing preload Adjustment
Abnormal noise goes out (gear). Defective backlash of ring gear and Adjustment
drive pinion gear
Wear-out of thrust washer Replacement
Wear-out of spider Replacement
Wear-out or damage of ring gear and Replacement
drive pinion
Wear-out or damage of side gear and Replacement
pinion
Loosening of ring gear mounting bolt Tightening
Defective gear meshing of ring gear Adjustment or replacement
and drive pinion
Wear-out of spline part of side gear Replacement
Wear-out or damage of side gear and Replacement
differential pinion
Abnormal noise goes out Loosening of differential carrier mount- Tightening
(rear axle). ing bolts
Abnormal noise goes out (oil). Insufficient of oil volume Lubrication
Reduction in oil pan oil performance Replacement
Different type of oil Replacement
Oil leakage of differential Excessive oil level Oil discharge
Bearing wear Replacement
Rattling of flange coupling Loosening of flange lock nut Replace the lock nut and perform the
staking.
Wear-out of the spline part of the cou- Replace the coupling, hypoid gear set
pling and lock nut, and perform the staking.
Hino Motors Sales U.S.A., Inc.
41180 Bridge Street, Novi, MI 48375
Telephone: (248) 699-9300
PRINTED IN JAPAN

Pub.No. S7-LXJE05A 4/5 '13. 11

Potrebbero piacerti anche